Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Banks - Regional / Peoples Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc.

Peoples Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc.

pebk · NASDAQ Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker pebk
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Financial Services
Industry Banks - Regional
Employees 281
← All annual reports
FY2016 Annual Report · Peoples Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc.
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Notice of 2017 Annual Meeting, 
Proxy Statement and  
Annual Report 

PEOPLES BANCORP OF NORTH CAROLINA, INC. 
PROXY STATEMENT 

Table of Contents 

     Page 

Notice of 2017 Annual Meeting of Shareholders ........................................................................................................ iii 
Proxy Statement ............................................................................................................................................................. 1 
Information About The Annual Meeting ....................................................................................................................... 1 
Security Ownership Of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management ........................................................................... 5 
Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance ......................................................................................... 7 
Proposal 1 - Election of Directors ................................................................................................................................. 7 
Director Nominees ......................................................................................................................................................... 8 
Executive Officers of the Company ............................................................................................................................. 10 
How often did our Board of Directors meet during 2016? .......................................................................................... 10 
What is our policy for director attendance at Annual Meetings? ................................................................................. 10 
How can you communicate with the Board or its members? ....................................................................................... 10 
Board Leadership Structure and Risk Oversight .......................................................................................................... 11 
Code of Business Conduct and Ethics ......................................................................................................................... 11 
Diversity of the Board of Directors ............................................................................................................................. 11 
How can a shareholder nominate someone for election to the Board of Directors? .................................................... 12 
Who serves on the Board of Directors of the Bank? .................................................................................................... 12 
Board Committees ....................................................................................................................................................... 12 
Executive Committee ................................................................................................................................................... 12 
Governance Committee ............................................................................................................................................... 12 
Audit and Enterprise Risk Committee ......................................................................................................................... 13 
Compensation Discussion and Analysis....................................................................................................................... 14 
Summary Compensation Table .................................................................................................................................... 17 
Grants of Plan-Based Awards ...................................................................................................................................... 19 
Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End ........................................................................................................... 19 
Option Exercises and Stock Vested ............................................................................................................................. 20 
Pension Benefits .......................................................................................................................................................... 20 
Nonqualified Deferred Compensation ......................................................................................................................... 21 
Employment Agreements ............................................................................................................................................. 21 
Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control ....................................................................................... 22 
Omnibus Stock Option and Long Term Incentive Plan ............................................................................................... 22 
Director Compensation ................................................................................................................................................ 25 
Indebtedness of and Transactions with Management and Directors ............................................................................ 26 
Equity Compensation Plan Information ....................................................................................................................... 28 
Stock Performance Graph ............................................................................................................................................ 29 
Proposal 2 - Ratification of Selection of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm ........................................ 30 

i 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Audit Fees Paid to Independent Auditors .................................................................................................................... 30 
Date for Receipt of Shareholder Proposals .................................................................................................................. 31 
Other Matters ............................................................................................................................................................... 31 
Miscellaneous .............................................................................................................................................................. 31 
Appendix A – Annual Report ...................................................................................................................................... 32 

ii 

 
 
PEOPLES BANCORP OF NORTH CAROLINA, INC. 
Post Office Box 467 
518 West C Street 
Newton, North Carolina 28658-0467 
(828) 464-5620 

NOTICE OF 2017 ANNUAL MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS 
To Be Held on May 4, 2017 

NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN that the 2017 Annual Meeting of Shareholders of Peoples Bancorp of North 

Carolina, Inc. (the “Company”) will be held as follows: 

Place: 

Date: 

Time: 

Catawba Country Club 
1154 Country Club Road 
Newton, North Carolina 

May 4, 2017 

11:00 a.m., Eastern Time 

The purposes of the Annual Meeting are to consider and vote upon the following matters: 

 

 

 

To elect ten persons who will serve as members of the Board of Directors until the 2018 Annual 
Meeting of Shareholders or until their successors are duly elected and qualified; 

To  ratify  the  appointment  of  Elliott  Davis  Decosimo  PLLC  (“Elliott  Davis”)  as  the  Company’s 
independent registered public accounting firm for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2017; and 

To consider and act on any other matters that may properly come before the Annual Meeting or any 
adjournment. 

The Board of Directors has established March 9, 2017, as the record date for the determination of shareholders 
entitled to notice of and to vote at the Annual Meeting.  If an insufficient number of shares is present in person or by 
proxy to constitute a quorum at the time of the Annual Meeting, the Annual Meeting may be adjourned in order to permit 
further solicitation of proxies by the Company.   

Your vote is important. We urge you to vote as soon as possible so that your shares may be voted in accordance 
with your wishes. You may vote by executing and returning your proxy card in the accompanying envelope, or by 
voting electronically over the Internet or by telephone. Please refer to the proxy card enclosed for information on 
voting electronically. If you attend the Annual Meeting, you may vote in person and the proxy will not be used.  

By Order of the Board of Directors, 

Lance A. Sellers 
President and Chief Executive Officer 

Newton, North Carolina 
March 24, 2017 

iii 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
[This page intentionally left blank] 

PEOPLES BANCORP OF NORTH CAROLINA, INC. 
______________________________________ 

PROXY STATEMENT 
______________________________________ 

Annual Meeting of Shareholders 
To Be Held On May 4, 2017 
_____________________________________ 

This Proxy Statement is being mailed to our shareholders on or about March 24, 2017, for solicitation of proxies 
by the Board of Directors of Peoples Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc.  Our principal executive offices are located at 518 
West C Street, Newton, North Carolina 28658.  Our telephone number is (828) 464-5620. 

In this Proxy Statement, the terms “we,” “us,” “our” and the “Company” refer to Peoples Bancorp of North 
Carolina, Inc.  The term “Bank” means Peoples Bank, our wholly-owned, North Carolina-chartered bank subsidiary. The 
terms “you” and “your” refer to the shareholders of the Company. 

Important Notice Regarding the Availability of Proxy Materials for the Shareholder Meeting to Be Held on 
May 4, 2017. The Notice, Proxy Statement and the Annual Report to Shareholders for the year ended 
December 31, 2016 are also available at 
https://www.snl.com/IRWebLinkX/GenPage.aspx?IID=4050385&GKP=202713 
You may also access the above off-site website by going to www.peoplesbanknc.com and click on the link.  

INFORMATION ABOUT THE ANNUAL MEETING 

Your vote is very important.  For this reason, our Board of Directors is requesting that you allow your common 
stock to be represented at the 2017 Annual Meeting of Shareholders by the proxies named on the enclosed proxy card.  

When is the Annual Meeting? 

May 4, 2017, at 11 a.m., Eastern Time. 

Where will the Annual Meeting be held?   

At the Catawba Country Club, 1154 Country Club Road, 
Newton, North Carolina. 

What items will be voted on at the 
Annual Meeting? 

1. 

2. 

3. 

1 

ELECTION OF DIRECTORS.  To elect ten directors 
to serve until the 2018 Annual Meeting of Shareholders. 

SELECTION 

OF 
REGISTERED 

OF 
RATIFICATION 
INDEPENDENT 
PUBLIC 
ACCOUNTING FIRM. To ratify the appointment of 
Elliott Davis Decosimo, PLLC (“Elliott Davis”) as the 
Company’s independent registered public accounting 
firm for fiscal year 2017. 

OTHER BUSINESS.  To consider any other business 
as may properly come before the  Annual Meeting or 
any adjournment. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Who can vote? 

How do I vote by proxy?  

Only  holders  of  record  of  our  common  stock  at  the  close  of 
business on March 9, 2017 (the “Record Date”) will be entitled 
to  notice  of  and  to  vote  at  the  Annual  Meeting  and  any 
adjournment of the Annual Meeting.  On the Record Date, there 
were  5,426,188  shares  of  our  common  stock  outstanding  and 
entitled to vote and 672 shareholders of record.  

You may vote your shares by marking, signing and dating the 
enclosed proxy card and returning it in the enclosed postage-paid 
envelope  or  by  voting  electronically  over  the  Internet  or  by 
telephone using the information on the proxy card.  If you return 
your signed proxy card before the Annual Meeting, the proxies 
will vote your shares as you direct. The Board of Directors has 
appointed proxies to represent shareholders who cannot attend 
the Annual Meeting in person.  

For  the  election  of  directors,  you  may  vote  for  (1)  all  of  the 
nominees, (2) none of the nominees, or (3) all of the nominees 
except  those  you  designate.    If  a  nominee  for  election  as  a 
director becomes unavailable for election at any time at or before 
the  Annual  Meeting,  the  proxies  will  vote  your  shares  for  a 
substitute nominee.  For each other item of business, you may 
vote  “FOR”  or  “AGAINST”  or  you  may  “ABSTAIN”  from 
voting.   

If you return your signed proxy card but do not specify how you 
want to vote your shares, the proxies will vote them “FOR” the 
election of all of our nominees for directors and “FOR” all other 
proposals presented in this Proxy Statement in accordance with 
recommendations from the Board of Directors. 

If your shares are held in the name of a broker or other nominee 
(i.e.,  held  in  “street  name”),  you  will  need  to  obtain  a  proxy 
instruction card from the broker holding your shares and return 
the card as directed by your broker. Your broker is not permitted 
to vote on your behalf on the election of directors unless you 
provide specific instructions by following the instructions from 
your broker about voting your shares by telephone or Internet 
or  completing  and  returning  the  voting  instruction  card 
provided by your broker. For your vote to be counted in the 
election of directors you will need to communicate your voting 
decision to your bank, broker or other holder of record before 
the date of the Annual Meeting. 

We are not aware of any other matters to be brought before the 
Annual Meeting.  If matters other than those discussed above are 
properly brought before the  Annual Meeting, the proxies may 
vote your shares in accordance with their best judgment. 

2 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
How do I change or revoke my proxy? 

How many votes can I cast? 

How many votes are required to approve   
the proposals? 

You can change or revoke your proxy at any time before it is 
voted  at  the  Annual  Meeting  in  any  of  three  ways:  (1)  by 
delivering a written notice of revocation to the Secretary of the 
Company; (2) by delivering another properly signed proxy card 
to the Secretary of the Company with a more recent date than 
your first proxy card or by changing your vote by telephone or 
the Internet; or (3) by attending the Annual Meeting and voting 
in person.  You should deliver your written notice or superseding 
proxy to the Secretary of the Company at our principal executive 
offices listed above. 

You are entitled to one vote for each share held as of the Record 
Date  on  each  nominee  for  election  and  each  other  matter 
presented for a vote at the Annual Meeting.  You may not vote 
your shares cumulatively in the election of directors. 

If  a  quorum  is  present  at  the  Annual  Meeting,  each  director 
nominee will be elected by a plurality of the votes cast in person 
or  by  proxy.    If  you  withhold  your  vote  on  a  nominee,  your 
shares will not be counted as having voted for that nominee.  The 
proposal to ratify the appointment of the Company’s independent 
registered public accounting firm for 2017 will be approved if 
the votes cast in favor exceed the votes cast in opposition.  

Any other matters properly coming before the Annual Meeting 
for a vote will require the affirmative vote of the holders of a 
majority of the shares represented in person or by proxy at the 
Annual Meeting and entitled to vote on that matter. 

Abstentions and broker non-votes are not treated as votes cast on 
any proposal. As a result, neither will have an effect on the vote 
for  the  election  of  any  director  or  the  ratification  of  our 
independent registered public accounting firm.  A broker non-
vote occurs when a broker does not vote on a particular matter 
because the broker does not have discretionary authority on that 
matter and has not received instructions from the owner of the 
shares. 

In the  event there are insufficient votes present at the  Annual 
Meeting for a quorum or to approve or ratify any proposal, the 
Annual Meeting may be adjourned in order to permit the further 
solicitation of proxies. 

3 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
What constitutes a “quorum” for  
the Annual Meeting? 

Who pays for the solicitation of proxies? 

A  majority  of  the  outstanding  shares  of  our  common  stock 
entitled  to  vote  at  the  Annual  Meeting,  present  in  person  or 
represented  by  proxy,  constitutes  a  quorum  (a  quorum  is 
necessary  to  conduct  business  at  the  Annual  Meeting).    Your 
shares will be considered part of the quorum if you have voted 
your shares by proxy or by telephone or Internet. Abstentions, 
broker non-votes and votes withheld from any director nominee 
count as shares present at the Annual Meeting for purposes of 
determining a quorum.   

We will pay the cost of preparing, printing and mailing materials 
in  connection  with  this  solicitation  of  proxies.   In addition to 
solicitation  by  mail,  our  officers,  directors  and  regular 
employees, as well as those of the Bank, may make solicitations 
personally,  by  telephone  or  otherwise  without  additional 
compensation for doing so.  We reserve the right to engage a 
proxy solicitation firm to assist in the solicitation of proxies for 
the  Annual  Meeting.    We  will,  upon  request,  reimburse 
brokerage firms, banks and others for their reasonable out-of-
pocket  expenses  in  forwarding  proxy  materials  to  beneficial 
owners of stock or otherwise in connection with this solicitation 
of proxies. 

4 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT 

The Exchange Act requires that any person who acquires the beneficial ownership of more than five percent 
(5%) of the Company’s common stock notify the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) and the Company.  
Following is certain information, as of the Record Date, regarding those persons or groups who held of record, or who 
are known to the Company to own beneficially, more than five percent (5%) of the Company’s outstanding common 
stock.   

Name and Address of 
Beneficial Owner 

Amount and Nature of 
Beneficial Ownership1 

Christine S. Abernethy 
P.O. Box 386 
Newton, NC  28658 

Tontine Financial Partners, LP 
55 Railroad Avenue, 3rd Floor 
Greenwich, CT 06830-6378 

Tontine Management, LLC 
55 Railroad Avenue 
Greenwich, CT 06830 

Tontine Asset Associates, LLC 
55 Railroad Avenue 
Greenwich, CT 06830 

Jeffrey L. Gendell 
55 Railroad Avenue 
Greenwich, CT 06830 

660,4953 

376,7044 

376,7044 

141,3614 

518,0654 

Percent 
of Class2 

12.17%  

6.94% 

6.94% 

2.61% 

9.55% 

    ________________________________ 

1  Unless otherwise noted, all shares are owned directly of record by the named individuals, by their spouses and minor children, or 
by other entities controlled by the named individuals.  Voting and investment power is not shared unless otherwise indicated. 

2  Based upon a total of 5,426,188 shares of common stock outstanding as of the Record Date. 

3  Carolina Glove Company, Inc. owns 107,604 shares of common stock.  These shares are included in the calculation of Ms. 
Abernethy’s  total  beneficial  ownership  interest.   Ms. Abernethy owns approximately 50% of the stock of Carolina Glove 
Company, Inc.  The business is operated by a family committee.  Ms. Abernethy has no active day-to-day participation in the 
business affairs of Carolina Glove Company, Inc.  

4  Based on a Schedule 13G/A (Amendment No. 8) filed by Tontine Financial Partners, LP, Tontine Management, LLC, Tontine 
Overseas Associates, LLC, Tontine Asset Associates, LLC and Jeffrey L. Gendell with the SEC on February 10, 2017 and 
represents the total number of shares controlled by Jeffrey Gendell and the related Tontine entities. 

5 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Set forth below is certain information, as of the Record Date (unless otherwise indicated), regarding those shares 
of common stock owned beneficially by each of the persons who currently serves as a member of the Board of Directors, 
is  a  nominee  for  election  to  the  Board  of  Directors  at  the  Annual  Meeting,  or  is a named executive officer of the 
Company.  Also shown is the number of shares of common stock owned by the directors and executive officers of the 
Company as a group.  

Name and Address  

James S. Abernethy 
Post Office Box 327 
Newton, NC  28658 

Robert C. Abernethy 
Post Office Box 366 
Newton, NC  28658 

William D. Cable, Sr. 
Post Office Box 467 
Newton, NC 28658 

Douglas S. Howard  
Post Office Box 587 
Denver, NC 28037 

A. Joseph Lampron, Jr. 
Post Office Box 467 
Newton, NC 28658  

John W. Lineberger, Jr.   
Post Office Box 481 
Lincolnton, NC 28092 

Gary E. Matthews 
210 First Avenue South 
Conover, NC  28613 

Billy L. Price, Jr., M.D.   
540 11th Ave. Place NW 
Hickory, NC 28601 

Larry E. Robinson 
Post Office Box 723 
Newton, NC  28658 

Lance A. Sellers 
Post Office Box 467 
Newton, NC 28658 

William Gregory Terry  
Post Office Box 395 
Conover, NC 28613 

Dan Ray Timmerman, Sr. 
Post Office Box 1148 
Conover, NC  28613 

Benjamin I. Zachary 
Post Office Box 277 
Taylorsville, NC  28681 

Percentage 
of 
   Class2    

2.81% 

2.89% 

* 

* 

* 

* 

* 

* 

* 

* 

* 

1.65% 

1.75% 

Amount and Nature 
of Beneficial 
Ownership1 

152,2623 

156,8454 

  20,915 

  15,2355 

  9,383 

  2,773 

  22,164 

  6,285 

  50,7556 

  14,052 

  19,258 

  89,3807 

  95,1108 

6 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
All current directors and nominees and 
executive officers as a group (13 people) 

590,3799 

10.88% 

*Does not exceed one percent of the common stock outstanding. 
______________________________________________ 
1  Unless otherwise noted, all shares are owned directly of record by the named individuals, by their spouses and minor children, or by 
other entities controlled by the named individuals.  Voting and investment power is not shared unless otherwise indicated.  

2  Based upon a total of 5,426,188 shares of common stock outstanding as of the Record Date.  

3  Includes 64,038 shares of common stock owned by Alexander Railroad Company.  Mr. J. Abernethy is Vice President, Secretary 

and Chairman of the Board of Directors of Alexander Railroad Company. 

4  Includes 6,130 shares of common stock owned by Mr. R. Abernethy’s spouse, for which Mr. R. Abernethy disclaims beneficial 

ownership.   

5  Includes 450 shares of common stock owned by Mr. Howard’s spouse, for which Mr. Howard disclaims beneficial ownership.  

6  Includes 8,835 shares of common stock owned by Mr. Robinson’s spouse, for which Mr. Robinson disclaims beneficial ownership.  

7  Includes 2,722 shares of common stock owned by Timmerman Manufacturing, Inc.  Mr. Timmerman is a shareholder, director, 

Chairman of the Board and the Chief Executive Officer of Timmerman Manufacturing, Inc.  

8  Includes 64,038 shares of common stock owned by Alexander Railroad Company.  Mr. Zachary is President, Treasurer, General 

Manager and a Director of Alexander Railroad Company. 

9  The 64,038 shares owned by Alexander Railroad Company and attributed to Mr. J. Abernethy and Mr. Zachary are only included 

once in calculating this total.   

Directors James S. Abernethy and Robert C. Abernethy are brothers and are sons of Christine S. Abernethy, who owns in 
excess of ten percent (10%) of the common stock of the Company.  

SECTION 16(a) BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP REPORTING COMPLIANCE 

Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act requires the Company’s executive officers and directors, and persons who 
own more than ten percent (10%) of the common stock, to file reports of ownership and changes in ownership with the 
SEC.  Executive officers, directors and greater than ten percent (10%) beneficial owners are required by SEC regulations 
to furnish the Company with copies of all Section 16(a) forms they file. 

Based solely on a review of the copies of such forms furnished to the Company and written representations from 
the Company’s executive officers and directors, the Company believes that during the fiscal year ended December 31, 
2016,  its  executive  officers  and  directors  and  greater  than  ten  percent  (10%)  beneficial  owners  complied  with  all 
applicable Section 16(a) filing requirements.  

PROPOSAL 1 

ELECTION OF DIRECTORS 

Our Board of Directors has set its number at ten members.  Our current Bylaws provide that in order to be 
eligible for consideration at the Annual Meeting of Shareholders, all nominations of directors, other than those made by 
the Governance Committee or the Board of Directors, must be in writing and must be delivered to the Secretary of the 
Company not less than 50 days nor more than 90 days prior to the meeting at which such nominations will be made; 
provided, however, that if less than 60 days’ notice of the meeting is given to the shareholders, such nominations must be 
delivered to the Secretary of the Company not later than the close of business on the tenth day following the day on which 
the notice of meeting was mailed.  

7 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Information about the nominees for election to the Board of Directors for a one-year term until the 2018 Annual 

Meeting of Shareholders appears below. All of the nominees are currently serving on the Board of Directors. 

Director Nominees 

James S. Abernethy, age 62 (as of February 1, 2017), is employed by Carolina Glove Company, Inc., a glove 
manufacturing company as its Vice President.  Mr. Abernethy continues to serve as President and Assistant Secretary of 
Midstate Contractors, Inc., a paving company and also as Vice President, Secretary and Chairman of the Board of 
Directors of Alexander Railroad Company.  He has served as a director of the Company since 1992.  Mr. Abernethy has a 
total of 24 years of banking experience and is a graduate of the North Carolina Bank Directors’ College and attended the 
initial Advanced Directors’ Training session offered by the North Carolina Bank Directors’ College in association with 
the College of Management at North Carolina State University.  Mr. Abernethy earned a business administration degree 
from Gardner Webb University in North Carolina.  Over his 24 years of service on the Board of Directors, Mr. Abernethy 
has served on all the Bank’s and the Company’s committees. 

Robert C. Abernethy, age 66 (as of February 1, 2017), is employed by Carolina Glove Company, Inc., a glove 
manufacturing company, as its President, Secretary and Treasurer.  Mr. Abernethy continues to serve as Secretary and 
Assistant Treasurer of Midstate Contractors, Inc., a paving company.  He has served as a director of the Company since 
1976 and as Chairman since 1991.  Mr. Abernethy has a total of 40 years of banking experience and is a graduate of the 
North Carolina Bank Directors’ College and attended the initial Advanced Directors’ Training session offered by the 
North  Carolina  Bank  Directors’  College  in  association  with  the  College  of  Management  at  North  Carolina  State 
University.  Mr. Abernethy earned a B.S. degree from Gardner Webb University in North Carolina.  He serves on the 
Finance Committee and Investment Committee of Grace United Church of Christ.  Mr. Abernethy also serves on the 
board of directors of Carolina Glove Company, Inc. and Midstate Contractors, Inc. both privately held companies. 

Douglas S. Howard, age 58 (as of February 1, 2017), is employed by Denver Equipment of Charlotte, Inc. as 
Vice President, Secretary and Treasurer. Mr. Howard is currently serving as the Chairman of the Catawba Valley Medical 
Group.    He  has  served  as  a  director  of  the  Company  since  2004.   Mr. Howard has a total of 18 years of banking 
experience and is a graduate of the North Carolina Bank Directors’ College and attended the initial Advanced Directors’ 
Training session offered by the NC Bank Directors’ College in association with the College of Management at North 
Carolina State University.  Mr. Howard also serves on the Board of Trustees of Catawba Valley Medical Center and as 
Chairman of the Finance Committee at Catawba Valley Medical Center. 

John W. Lineberger, Jr.,  age  66  (as  of  February  1,  2017),  is  employed  by  Lincoln  Bonded  Warehouse 
Company, a commercial warehousing facility, as President.  He has served as a director of the Company since 2004.  Mr. 
Lineberger has a total of 12 years of banking experience and is a graduate of the North Carolina Bank Directors’ College 
and attended the initial Advanced Directors’ Training session offered by the NC Bank Directors’ College in association 
with the College of Management at North Carolina State University.   Mr. Lineberger earned a B.S. degree in business 
administration from Western Carolina University.    

Gary E. Matthews, age 61 (as of February 1, 2017), is employed by Matthews Construction Company, Inc. as 
its President and a Director.  He has served as a director of the Company since 2001.  Mr. Matthews has a total of 15 
years  of  banking experience, is a graduate  of the North Carolina Bank Directors’ College, and attended the  initial 
Advanced Directors’ Training session offered by the NC Bank Directors’ College in association with the College of 
Management at North Carolina State University.  Mr. Matthews is also a director of Conover Metal Products, a privately 
held  company.    Mr.  Matthews  earned  a  B.S.  degree  in  civil  engineering/construction  from  North  Carolina  State 
University.  

8 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Billy L. Price, Jr., M.D., age 60 (as of February 1, 2017), is a Practitioner of Internal Medicine at BL Price 
Medical Consultants, PLLC.  Dr. Price also serves on the Board of Trustees of Catawba Valley Medical Center.  He has 
served as a director of the Company since 2004.  Dr. Price has a total of 12 years of banking experience and is a graduate 
of the North Carolina Bank Directors’ College and attended the initial Advanced Directors’ Training session offered by 
the NC Bank Directors’ College in association with the College of Management at North Carolina State University.  Dr. 
Price was previously the owner/pharmacist of Conover Drug Company. He is also a Medical Director of Healthgram 
Medical, a private company.  Dr. Price earned a B.S. degree in pharmacy from the University of North Carolina at 
Chapel Hill and his MD from East Carolina University School of Medicine. He serves as Medical Director and Assistant 
Professor to Lenoir Rhyne University Physician Assistants Master of Science Program. 

Larry E. Robinson, age 71 (as of February 1, 2017), is a shareholder, director, Chairman of the Board of 
Directors and Chief Executive Officer of  The Blue Ridge Distributing Company, Inc., a beer and wine distributor.  He is 
also a director and member of the Board of Directors of United Beverages of North Carolina, LLC, a malt beverage beer 
distributor.  He has served as a director of the Company since 1993.  Mr. Robinson has a total of 23 years of banking 
experience and is a graduate of the North Carolina Bank Directors’ College. Mr. Robinson attended Western Carolina 
University and received an Associate Degree in Business and Accounting from Catawba Valley Community College in 
North Carolina. 

William Gregory Terry, age 49 (as of February 1, 2017), is President of DFH Holdings and Operator/General 
Manager of Drum & Willis-Reynolds Funeral Homes and Crematory.  He has served as a director of the Company since 
2004.  Mr. Terry has a total of 12 years of banking experience and is a graduate of the North Carolina Bank Directors’ 
College and attended the initial Advanced Directors’ Training session offered by the NC Bank Directors’ College in 
association with the College of Management at North Carolina State University.  Mr. Terry graduated with a B.S. degree 
in  business  management  from  Clemson  University  in  South  Carolina.    Mr.  Terry  serves  on  numerous  civic  and 
community boards. 

Dan Ray Timmerman, Sr., age 69 (as of February 1, 2017), is a shareholder, director, Chairman of the Board 
of Directors and the Chief Executive Officer of Timmerman Manufacturing, Inc., a wrought iron furniture, railings and 
gates manufacturer.  He has served as a director of the Company since 1995.  Mr. Timmerman has a total of 21 years of 
banking experience and is a graduate of the North Carolina Bank Directors’ College and attended the initial Advanced 
Directors’ Training session offered by the NC Bank Directors’ College in association with the College of Management at 
North Carolina State University.  Mr. Timmerman earned a B.S. degree in business administration with a concentration in 
accounting from Lenoir-Rhyne University in North Carolina.  Mr. Timmerman serves as Chairman of the Board of the 
Catawba County Economic Development Commission. 

Benjamin I. Zachary, age 60 (as of February 1, 2017), is employed by Alexander Railroad Company as its 
President, Treasurer, General Manager and Director.  He has served as a director of the Company since 1995.  Mr. 
Zachary has a total of 21 years of banking experience and is a graduate of the North Carolina Bank Directors’ College.  
Mr. Zachary earned a B.S. degree in business administration with a concentration in accounting from the University of 
North Carolina at Chapel Hill.  He worked as a CPA for a national accounting firm for eight years following graduation 
where his assignments included financial statement audits of several banks.  Mr. Zachary is a member of the Taylorsville 
Rotary Club and has served as Treasurer for the Taylorsville Rotary Club and its Foundation. 

We have no reason to believe that any of the nominees for election will be unable or will decline to serve if 
elected.  In the event of death or disqualification of any nominee or the refusal or inability of any nominee to serve as a 
director, however, the proxies will vote for the election of another person as they determine in their discretion or may 
allow the vacancy to remain open until filled by the Board of Directors.  In no circumstance will any proxy be voted for 
more than two nominees who are not named in this Proxy Statement.  Properly executed and returned proxies, unless 
revoked, will be voted as directed by you or, in the absence of direction, will be voted in favor of the election of the 
recommended nominees.  An affirmative vote of a plurality of votes cast at the Annual Meeting is necessary to elect a 
nominee as a director. 

THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS RECOMMENDS YOU VOTE “FOR” ALL OF THE NOMINEES NAMED 
ABOVE AS DIRECTORS 

9 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Executive Officers of the Company 

During 2016, our executive officers were: 

Lance A. Sellers, age 54 (as of February 1, 2017), serves as the President and Chief Executive Officer of the 
Company and the Bank.  Prior to becoming the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company and the Bank, Mr. 
Sellers served as Executive Vice President and Assistant Corporate Secretary of the Company and Executive Vice 
President and Chief Credit Officer of the Bank.  He has been employed by the Company and the Bank since 1998.  Mr. 
Sellers has a total of 32 years of banking experience. He is a graduate of the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill 
and upon graduation served as a senior credit officer at a regional bank headquartered in North Carolina.   

William D. Cable, Sr., age 48 (as of February 1, 2017), serves as Executive Vice President, Assistant Corporate 
Treasurer and Corporate Secretary of the Company and Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of the 
Bank.  He has been employed by the Company and the Bank since 1995, where he has served as Senior Vice President-
Information Services.  Mr. Cable has a total of 25 years of banking experience.  Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Cable 
was a regulatory examiner with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.  He is a graduate of Western Carolina 
University and the School of Banking of the South at Louisiana State University.    

A. Joseph Lampron, Jr., age 62 (as of February 1, 2017), serves as Executive Vice President, Chief Financial 
Officer, Corporate Treasurer and Assistant Corporate Secretary of the Company and Executive Vice President and Chief 
Financial Officer of the Bank.  He has been employed by the Company and the Bank since 2001.  Mr. Lampron is a 
graduate of the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill and upon graduation worked as a certified public accountant 
with a national accounting firm.  His work with the firm included audits of banks and thrift institutions.  Mr. Lampron has 
also served as Chief Financial Officer of a thrift institution and as a senior change manager in the finance group of a large 
North Carolina bank.  Mr. Lampron has a total of 37 years of banking experience. 

How often did our Board of Directors meet during 2016? 

Our Board of Directors held 15 meetings during 2016.  All incumbent directors attended more than 75% of the 

total number of meetings of the Board of Directors and its committees on which they served during the year.   

What is our policy for director attendance at Annual Meetings? 

Although it is customary for all of our directors to attend Annual Meetings of Shareholders, we have no formal 
policy in place requiring attendance. All members of the Board of Directors attended our 2016 Annual Meeting of 
Shareholders held on May 5, 2016. 

How can you communicate with the Board or its members? 

We do not have formal procedures for shareholder communication with our Board of Directors.  In general, our 
directors and officers are easily accessible by telephone, postal mail or e-mail.  Any matter intended for your Board of 
Directors, or any individual director, can be directed to Lance Sellers, our President and Chief Executive Officer, or Joe 
Lampron, our Chief Financial Officer, at our principal executive offices at 518 West C Street, Newton, North Carolina 
28658.  You also may direct correspondence to our Board of Directors, or any of its members, in care of the Company at 
the foregoing address.  Your communication will be forwarded to the intended recipient unopened. 

10 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Board Leadership Structure and Risk Oversight 

Our Company and the Bank have traditionally operated with separate Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of 
the Board of Directors positions.  We believe it is our Chief Executive Officer’s responsibility to manage the Company 
and the Chairman’s responsibility to lead the Board of Directors.  Robert Abernethy is currently serving as Chairman of 
the Board of Directors, and James Abernethy is currently serving as the Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors.  Other 
than Director Lineberger, all of the members of the Board of Directors are independent under applicable NASDAQ 
listing requirements. The Company has five standing committees:  Executive, Loan Sub-Committee, Governance, Audit 
and Compensation.  The Chief Executive Officer serves on the Executive Committee.  The Bank in addition to the above-
named committees has a Loan Committee and a Loan Sub-Committee. The duties of the Company’s committees and the 
qualifications  of  the  independent  directors  have  been  described  above.    Each  of  the  Company’s  and  the  Bank’s 
committees considers risk within its area of responsibility. The Audit Committee and the full Board of Directors focus on 
the Company’s most significant risks in the areas of liquidity, credit, interest rate and general risk management strategy. 
The Board of Directors sets policy guidelines in the areas of loans and asset/liability management which are reviewed on 
an on-going basis. While the Board of Directors oversees the Company’s risk management, the Company’s and the 
Bank’s management are responsible for day-to-day risk management following the dictates of the policy decisions set by 
the Board of Directors. 

The Governance Committee, as part of its annual review, evaluates the Board of Directors leadership structure 
and performance and reports its findings to the whole Board of Directors.  The Board of Directors believes that having 
separate persons serving as Chief Executive Officer and Chairman and all independent directors provides the optimal 
board leadership structure for the Company and its shareholders. 

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics 

The  Company  and  the  Bank  have  a  Code  of  Business  Conduct  and  Ethics  for  its  directors,  officers  and 
employees.  The Code of Business Conduct and Ethics requires that individuals avoid conflicts of interest, comply with 
all laws and other legal requirements, conduct business in an honest and ethical manner and otherwise act with integrity 
and in the best interests of the Company and the Bank.  The Code of Business Conduct and Ethics is a guide to help 
ensure that all employees live up to the highest ethical standards of behavior. 

A  copy  of 

the  Code  of  Business  Conduct  and  Ethics 

is  available  on 

the  Bank’s  website 

(www.peoplesbanknc.com) under Investor Relations.  

As is permitted by SEC rules, the Company intends to post on its website any amendment to or waiver from any 
provision in the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics that applies to the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial 
Officer,  the  Controller,  or  persons  performing  similar  functions,  and  that  relates  to  any  element  of  the  standards 
enumerated in the rules of the SEC. 

Diversity of the Board of Directors 

The  Governance Committee has no written diversity policy; however, the Governance Committee defines 
diversity  broadly  to  include,  in  addition  to  race,  gender,  ethnicity  and  age,  differences  in  professional  experience, 
educational background, geographic mix within the Company’s market area, skills and other individual qualities and 
attributes  that  foster  board  heterogeneity in order to encourage and maintain board effectiveness.  While there are 
currently no women or minorities serving on the Board of Directors, any qualified candidate receives consideration 
regardless of race, gender or national origin. 

11 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
How can a shareholder nominate someone for election to the Board of Directors? 

Our Bylaws provide that in order to be eligible for consideration at the Annual Meeting of Shareholders, all 
nominations of directors, other than those made by the Governance Committee or the Board of Directors, must be in 
writing and must be delivered to the Secretary of the Company not less than 50 days nor more than 90 days prior to the 
meeting at which such nominations will be made. However, if less than 60 days’ notice of the meeting is given to the 
shareholders, such nominations must be delivered to the Secretary of the Company not later than the close of business on 
the tenth day following the day on which the notice of meeting was mailed.  

The Board of Directors may disregard any nominations that do not comply with these requirements.  Upon the 
instruction of the Board of Directors, the inspector of voting for the Annual Meeting may disregard all votes cast for a 
nominee if the nomination does not comply with these requirements. Written notice of nominations should be directed to 
the Secretary of the Company. 

Who serves on the Board of Directors of the Bank? 

The Bank has ten directors  currently serving on its Board of Directors, who are the same people who are 

currently directors of the Company.   

Board Committees 

During 2016, our Board of Directors had five standing committees, the Audit and Enterprise Risk Committee, 
the Governance Committee, the Compensation Committee, the Executive Committee and the Loan Sub-Committee.  The 
voting members of these Committees are appointed by the Board of Directors annually from among its members.  Certain 
of our executive officers also serve as non-voting, advisory members of these committees.   

Executive Committee.  The Executive Committee performs duties as assigned by the full Board of Directors.  
Actions taken by the Executive Committee must be approved by the full Board of Directors.  The following persons 
currently serve on the Executive Committee: Directors R. Abernethy, J. Abernethy, Lineberger, Robinson and Terry, as 
well as the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company in a non-voting capacity.  It meets on an “as needed” 
basis and met once during 2016.   

Governance  Committee.    The  Governance  Committee  is  responsible  for  developing  and  maintaining  the 
corporate governance policy, as well as acting as the nominating committee for the Board of Directors. The following 
persons  currently serve on the Governance Committee:  Directors R. Abernethy, J. Abernethy,  Howard, Terry, and 
Timmerman. All of the members of the Governance Committee are independent as defined in the applicable NASDAQ 
listing standards.  The Board of Directors determines on an annual basis each director’s independence.   

The  Governance  Committee,  serving  as  the  nominating  committee  of  the  Board  of  Directors,  interviews 
candidates for membership to the Board of Directors, recommends candidates to the full Board of Directors, slates 
candidates for shareholder votes, and fills any vacancies on the Board of Directors which occur between shareholder 
meetings.  The Governance Committee’s identification of candidates for director typically results from the business 
interactions of the members of the Governance Committee or from recommendations received from other directors or 
from the Company’s management. 

If  a  shareholder  recommends  a  director  candidate  to  the  Governance  Committee  in  accordance  with  the 
Company’s Bylaws, the Governance Committee will consider the candidate and apply the same considerations that it 
would to its own candidates. The recommendation of a candidate by a shareholder should be made in writing, addressed 
to the attention of the Governance Committee at the Company’s corporate headquarters.  The recommendation should 
include  a  description of the candidate’s background, his or her contact information, and any other information the 
shareholder considers useful and appropriate for the Governance Committee’s consideration of the candidate.  The 
criteria which have been established by the Governance Committee as bearing on the consideration of a candidate’s 
qualification to serve as a director include the following: the candidate’s ethics, integrity, involvement in the community, 

12 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
success in business, relationship with the Bank, investment in the Company, place of residence (i.e., proximity to the 
Bank’s market area), and financial expertise. 

The Governance Committee met twice during the year ended December 31, 2016.  

The Governance Committee has a written charter which is reviewed annually, and amended as needed, by the 
Governance  Committee.    A  copy  of  the  Governance  Committee  Charter  is  available  on  the  Bank’s  website 
(www.peoplesbanknc.com) under Investor Relations. 

Audit and Enterprise Risk Committee.  The Company has a separately designated standing Audit and Risk 
Enterprise Committee (the “Audit Committee”) which was established in accordance with Section 3(a)(58)(A) of the 
Exchange Act.  The Audit Committee’s responsibilities include oversight of enterprise risk. The Audit Committee has a 
written charter which is reviewed annually, and amended as needed, by the Audit Committee.  A copy of the Audit 
Committee  Charter  is  available  on  the  Bank’s  website  (www.peoplesbanknc.com)  under  Investor  Relations.    The 
following  persons  currently  serve  on  the  Audit  Committee:  Directors  R.  Abernethy,  J.  Abernethy,  Howard,  Price, 
Timmerman and Zachary.  The Board of Directors has determined that these members are independent as that term is 
defined in the applicable NASDAQ listing standards and the SEC’s regulations. The Board of Directors determines on an 
annual basis each director’s independence. 

The  Board  of  Directors  has  determined  that  each  member  of  the  Audit  Committee  qualifies  as  an  “audit 

committee financial expert” based on each of the member’s educational background and business experience. 

The Audit Committee meets at least quarterly and, among other responsibilities, oversees (i) the independent 
auditing of the Company; (ii) the system of internal controls that management has established; and (iii) the quarterly and 
annual financial information to be provided to shareholders and the SEC.  The Audit Committee met nine times during 
the year ended December 31, 2016.  

Audit Committee Report.  The Audit Committee has reviewed and discussed the audited financial statements 
with management of the Company and has discussed with the independent auditors the matters required to be discussed 
by Auditing Standards No. 16 as amended, as adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board in Rule 
3200T.  In addition, the  Audit  Committee has received the written disclosures and the letter from the independent 
accountants required by the applicable requirements of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding the 
independent accountant’s communications with the Audit Committee concerning independence, and has discussed with 
the independent accountant the independent accountant’s independence. Based upon these reviews and discussions, the 
Audit  Committee  recommended  to  the  Board  of  Directors  that  the  audited  financial  statements  be  included  in  the 
Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016. 

Robert C. Abernethy 
Benjamin I. Zachary 
Douglas S. Howard 

Dan R. Timmerman, Sr. 
James S. Abernethy 
Billy L Price, Jr. MD, Committee Chair 

Compensation Committee.  The Company’s Compensation Committee is responsible for developing, reviewing, 
implementing and maintaining the Bank’s salary, bonus, and incentive award programs and for making recommendations 
to  the  Company’s  and  the  Bank’s  Board  of  Directors  regarding  compensation  of  the  executive  officers.    Upon 
recommendation from the Compensation Committee, the Company’s Board of Directors ultimately determines such 
compensation.   

All of the members of the Compensation Committee are independent as defined in the applicable NASDAQ’s 
listing standards. The Board of Directors determines on an annual basis each director’s independence.  The following 
persons currently serve on the Compensation Committee: Directors R. Abernethy, J. Abernethy, Howard, Terry and 
Timmerman.  The Compensation Committee met twice during the year ended December 31, 2016.   

13 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Compensation Committee has a written charter which is reviewed annually, and amended as needed, by the 
Compensation  Committee.   A  copy  of  the  Compensation  Committee ’s  Charter  is  available  on  the  Bank’s  website 
(www.peoplesbanknc.com) under Investor Relations.   

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation.  No member of the Compensation Committee 
is now, or formerly was, an officer or employee of the Company or the Bank. None of the NEOs serve as a member of the 
board of directors of another entity whose executive officers or directors serve on the Company’s Board of Directors. 

Compensation  Committee  Report.  The  Compensation  Committee  has  reviewed  and  discussed  the 
Compensation Discussion and Analysis in this Proxy Statement with management and has recommended that it be 
included in this Proxy Statement and our Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC for the year ended December 
31, 2016.  

Compensation Committee 
Robert C. Abernethy 
James S. Abernethy 
Douglas S. Howard 
William Gregory Terry 
Dan R. Timmerman, Sr., Committee Chair 

Compensation Discussion and Analysis 

The following Compensation Discussion and Analysis provides information with respect to the compensation 
paid during the year ended December 31, 2016 to our President and Chief Executive Officer, Lance A. Sellers, our Chief 
Financial Officer, A. Joseph Lampron, Jr. and William D. Cable, Sr. (together, our “named executive officers”).  

Compensation Committee Processes and Procedures. The Compensation Committee assists the Board of 
Directors in determining appropriate compensation levels for the members of the Board of Directors and our named 
executive officers. It also has strategic and administrative responsibility for a broad range of compensation issues. It 
seeks  to  ensure  that  we  compensate  key  management  employees  effectively  and  in  a  manner  consistent  with  the 
Compensation Committee’s stated compensation strategy and relevant requirements of various regulatory entities. A part 
of  these  responsibilities  is  overseeing  the  administration  of  executive  compensation  and  employee  benefit  plans, 
including the design, selection of participants, establishment of performance measures, and evaluation of awards pursuant 
to our annual and long-term incentive programs. 

Compensation Philosophy.  The overall objective of our executive compensation program is to align total 
compensation so that the individual executive believes it is fair and equitable and provides the highest perceived value to 
our shareholders and to that individual.  In order to accomplish this overall objective, our  executive compensation 
program is designed to: (i) attract qualified executives necessary to meet our needs as defined by the Company’s strategic 
plans, and (ii) retain and motivate executives whose performance supports the achievement of our long-term plans and 
short-term goals.  The executive compensation program is founded upon the idea that a strong, performance-oriented 
compensation program, which is generally consistent with the practices of our peers, is a key ingredient in becoming a 
leading performer among financial institutions of similar size, and is, therefore, in the best interests of our shareholders. 

The Compensation Committee considers a number of factors specific to each executive’s role when determining 

the amount and mix of compensation to be paid.  These factors are: 

 
 

 
 
 

compensation of the comparable executives at comparable financial institutions; 
financial performance of the Company (especially on a “net operating” basis, which excludes 
the effect of one-time gains and expenses) over the most recent fiscal year and the prior three 
years; 
composition of earnings; 
asset quality relative to the banking industry; 
responsiveness to the economic environment; 

14 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 




the Company’s achievement compared to its corporate, financial, strategic and operational
objectives and business plans; and
cumulative shareholder return.

Elements of the Executive Compensation Program. The Company’s and the Bank’s compensation program 

consists of the following elements:  

Base Salary.  The salaries of our named executive officers are designed to provide a reasonable level of 
compensation  that  is  affordable  to  the  Company  and  fair  to  the  executive.    Salaries  are  reviewed  annually,  and 
adjustments, if any, are made based on the review of competitive salaries in our peer group, as well as an evaluation of 
the individual officer’s responsibilities, job scope, and individual performance.  For example, we assess each officer’s 
success  in  achieving  budgeted  earnings  and  return  ratios,  business  conduct  and  integrity,  and  leadership  and  team 
building skills.   

Annual Cash Incentive Awards.  We believe that annual cash incentive awards encourage our named 
executive officers to achieve short-term targets that are critical to achievement of our long-term strategic plan.  The Bank 
has  a  Management  Incentive  Plan  for  officers  of  the  Bank.    Participants  in  the  Management  Incentive  Plan  are 
recommended annually by the President and Chief Executive Officer to the Bank’s Board of Directors. Each individual’s 
incentive pool is determined by a formula which links attainment of corporate budget with attainment of individual goals 
and objectives.  Incentives under the Management Incentive Plan are paid annually.  No named executive officer earned 
or was paid a cash incentive under the Management Incentive Plan during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016.  

Discretionary Bonus and Service Awards.  From time to time the Compensation Committee may 
recommend to the Board of Directors that additional bonuses be paid based on accomplishments that significantly exceed 
expectations during the fiscal year. These bonuses are totally discretionary as to who will receive a bonus and the amount 
of  any  such  bonus.    In  2016,  the  Compensation  Committee  recommended,  and  the  Board  of  Directors  approved, 
discretionary bonuses as follows:  $50,000 for Mr. Sellers; $40,000 for Mr. Lampron; and $40,000 for Mr. Cable.  These 
discretionary bonuses were paid in January of 2017.  Under the Service Recognition Program, the Bank gives service 
awards to each employee and director for every five years of service with the Bank to promote longevity of service for 
both directors and employees. Service awards are made in the form of shares of the Company’s common stock plus cash 
in the amount necessary to pay taxes on the award. The number of shares awarded increases with the number of years of 
service to the Bank. On December 20, 2016, Mr. Lampron was awarded 42 shares of the Company’s common stock plus 
$288 in cash under the Service Recognition Program.  

Long-Term Equity Incentive Awards.  The Company maintains the 2009 Omnibus Stock Ownership 
and Long Term Incentive Plan (“Omnibus Plan”), under which it is permitted to grant incentive stock options, restricted 
stock, restricted stock units, stock appreciation rights, book value shares, and performance units.  The purpose of the 
Omnibus  Plan  is  to  promote  the  interests  of  the  Company  by  attracting  and  retaining  directors  and  employees  of 
outstanding ability and to provide executives of the Company greater incentive to make material contributions to the 
success of the Company by providing them with stock-based compensation which will increase in value based upon the 
market  performance  of  the  common  stock  and/or  the  corporate  achievement  of  financial  and  other  performance 
objectives.   

In making its decision to grant awards to the Company’s named executive officers under the Omnibus 
Plan,  the  Compensation  Committee  considers  all  elements  of  such  named  executive  officer’s  compensation.    In 
considering the number of awards to grant to the Company’s named executive officers, the Compensation Committee 
considers each named executive officer’s contribution to the Company’s performance.   

The Company did not grant any plan-based awards to its named executive officers during the fiscal 
year  ended  December  31,  2016.    See  “Outstanding  Equity  Awards  at  Fiscal  Year-End”  on  page  19  of  this  Proxy 
Statement for information on grants of restricted stock units to the named executive officers during the fiscal years 
ended December 31, 2012, 2013, 2014 and 2015.  See “Omnibus Plan and Long Term Incentive Plan” starting on 
page 22 of this Proxy Statement for additional information on the Omnibus Plan.  

15

Supplemental  Executive  Retirement Agreements.   The Bank provides  non-qualified  supplemental 
executive retirement benefit in the form of Executive Salary Continuation Agreements with Messrs. Sellers, Lampron and 
Cable.  The Committee’s goal is to provide competitive retirement benefits given the restrictions on executives within 
tax-qualified plans.  In prior years, the Compensation Committee worked with a compensation consultant in analyzing the 
possible benefits of using supplemental retirement benefits to address the issues of internal and external equity in terms of 
retirement benefits offered to all employees at the Company as a percentage of final average pay and executives in our 
peer group.  In connection with the non-qualified supplemental executive retirement benefits, the Bank purchased life 
insurance contracts on the lives of the named executive officers. The increase in cash surrender value of the life insurance 
contracts constitutes the Bank’s contribution to the plan each year. The Bank will pay benefits to participating officers for 
a period between 13 years and the life of the officer. The Bank is the sole owner of all of the insurance contracts. 

Profit Sharing Plan and 401(k) Plan.  The Bank has a Profit Sharing Plan and 401(k) Plan for all 
eligible employees.  The Bank made no contribution to the Profit Sharing Plan for the year ended December 31, 2016. 
No investments in Bank stock have been made by the plan.  Under the Bank’s 401(k) Plan, the Bank matches employee 
contributions  to  a  maximum  of  4.00%  of annual compensation.  The Bank’s 2016 contribution to the 401(k) Plan 
pursuant to this formula was approximately $565,300.  All contributions to the 401(k) Plan are tax deferred.  The Profit 
Sharing Plan and 401(k) Plan permit participants to choose from investment funds which are selected by a committee 
comprised of senior management.  Employees are eligible to participate in both the 401(k) Plan and Profit Sharing Plan 
beginning  in  the  second  month  of  employment.  Both  plans  are  now  “safe  harbor”  plans,  and  all  participants  are 
immediately 100% vested in all employer contributions. 

Deferred Compensation Plan.  The Bank maintains a non-qualified deferred compensation plan for 
directors and certain officers. Eligible officers selected by the Bank’s Board of Directors may elect to contribute a 
percentage of their compensation to the plan. Participating officers may elect to invest their deferred compensation in a 
restricted list of investment funds. The Bank may make matching or other contributions to the plan as well, in amounts 
determined at the discretion of the Bank.  Participants are fully vested in all amounts contributed to the plan by them or 
on their behalf.  The Bank has established a Rabbi Trust to hold the accrued benefits of the participants under the plan. 
There are no “above-market” returns provided for in this plan. The Bank made no contributions to the plan in 2016. 
Benefits under the plan are payable in the event of the participant’s retirement, death, termination, or as a result of 
hardship.  Benefit payments may be made in a lump sum or in installments, as selected by the participant.   

Employment Agreements.  The Company has employment agreements with each named executive 
officer, which the Board of Directors believes serve a number of functions, including (i) retention of the executive team; 
(ii) mitigation of any uncertainty about future employment and continuity of management in the event of a change in 
control;  and  (iii)  protection  of  the  Company  and  customers  through  non-compete  and  non-solicitation  covenants. 
Additional information regarding the employment agreements, including a description of key terms may be found starting 
on page 21 of this Proxy Statement. 

Other  Benefits.  Executive  officers  are  entitled  to  participate  in  fringe  benefit  plans  offered  to 
employees including health and dental insurance plans and life, accidental death and dismemberment and long-term 
disability plans. In addition, the Bank has paid country club dues for each named executive officer. 

The above elements of each named executive officer’s compensation are not inter-related. For example, if 
vesting standards on restricted stock awards are not achieved, the executive’s base salary is not increased to make up the 
difference. Similarly, the value of previously granted options is not considered by the Compensation Committee in 
recommending the other elements of the compensation package.  

The Compensation Committee did not engage a compensation consultant during the year ended December 31, 
2016.    The  President  and  Chief  Executive  Officer  of  the  Company  and  the  Bank  makes  recommendations  to  the 
Committee regarding the compensation of the executive officers other than his own.  The President and Chief Executive 
Officer  participates  in  the  deliberations,  but  not  in  the  decisions,  of  the  Compensation  Committee  regarding 
compensation of executive officers.  He does not participate in the Compensation Committee’s discussion or decisions 
regarding his own compensation. The Compensation Committee reports its actions to the Board of Directors and keeps 
written minutes of its meetings, which minutes are maintained with the books and records of the Company. 

16 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Compensation Committee also considers the results of the shareholders’ non-binding vote on executive 
compensation. At the 2013 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, 52% of the shareholders who voted at the 2013 Annual 
Meeting of Shareholders elected to review the executive compensation of the Company’s named executive officers once 
every three years.  As a result, the Company submitted, in a non-binding advisory proposal, the executive compensation 
of the Company’s named executive officers at the 2016 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.  At the 2016 Annual Meeting of 
Shareholders, 94% of the shareholders who voted at the 2016 Annual Meeting of Shareholders approved the executive 
compensation of the Company’s named executive officers as presented to the shareholders in the 2016 proxy statement.   
The Company will submit a vote to the shareholders on the compensation of its named executive officers at its 2019 
Annual Meeting of Shareholders.   

Summary Compensation Table 

The executive officers of the Company are not paid any cash compensation by the Company.  However, the 
executive officers of the Company also are executive officers of the Bank and receive compensation from the Bank.  The 
table on the following page show, for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, the cash compensation 
received by, as well as certain other compensation paid or accrued for those years, to each named executive officer. 

17 

 
 
 
 
 
 
SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE 

Name and Principal Position 

Year 

Salary($) 

Bonus($) 

Change in 
Pension Value 
and Nonqualified 
Deferred 
Compensation 
Earnings($) 

Stock 
Awards($)1 

Lance A. Sellers 
President and Chief Executive 
Officer 

A. Joseph Lampron, Jr. 
Executive Vice President,  
Chief Financial Officer 

2016 
2015 
2014 

2016 
2015 
2014 

319,185 
311,400 
311,400 

197,653 
193,125 
187,500 

50,000 
30,000 
30,000 

40,000 
30,000 
30,000 

- 

  39,893 
  61,230 

- 

  29,920 
  42,830 

57,312 
52,507 
54,638 

102,893 
93,827 
57,767 

All Other 

Compensation($)2  Total($) 

31,775 
31,861 
26,990 

24,307 
23,105 
18,468 

458,271 
465,661 
484,258 

365,153 
369,977 
336,565 

William D. Cable, Sr. 
Executive Vice President, 
Chief Operating Officer 
________________ 
1 Amount represents the aggregate grant date fair value computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718.   See Note 1 in the Notes to the Company’s Consolidated 
Financial Statements included in the Company’s Annual Report, which Annual Report is attached here to as Appendix A.  
2 All other compensation is comprised of the following:  

203,179 
198,750 
187,500 

291,759 
306,692 
300,706 

40,000 
30,000 
30,000 

25,500 
27,403 
19,777 

22,540 
20,619 
20,599 

  29,920 
  42,830 

2016 
2015 
2014 

- 

Name and Principal Position 

Year 

Employer 
Match($) 

Car 
Allowance($) 

Lance A. Sellers 
President and Chief Executive 
Officer 

2016 
2015 
2014 

10,600 
10,600 
10,400 

A. Joseph Lampron, Jr. 
Executive Vice President, 
Chief Financial Officer 

  2016 
2015 
2014 

  9,096 
  8,628 
  8,279 

4,113 
4,113 
4,113 

0 
0 
0 

Country 
Club 
Dues($) 

3,576 
3,506 
3,455 

3,380 
3,300 
3,280 

Split 
Dollar 
Death 
Benefit($) 

480 
454 
418 

1,139 
1,056 
978 

Group 
Term 
Life($)(a) 

Disability 
and LTC 
Premiums($)(b) 

2,376 
4,104 
1,242 

  3,863 
  5,506 
2,555 

5,628 
5,398 
5,392 

1,984 
1,984 
1,984 

Dividends 
Accrued 
on 
Restricted 
Stock 
Units($)  

5,002 
3,686 
1,970 

3,570 
2,631 
1,392 

2016 
2015 
2014 

  8,699 
  9,150 
  8,279 

William D. Cable, Sr. 
Executive Vice President, 
Chief Operating Officer 
_________ 
(a)Represents amounts paid by the Bank for premiums on group term life insurance in excess of $50,000 for each named executive officer. 
(b)Represents amounts paid by the Bank for premiums on disability and long-term care insurance for each NEO. 
(c)In 2015, Mr. Cable received 106 shares for 20 years of service with the Bank and $513 in cash to pay the taxes associated with the award under the Bank’s Service 
Recognition Program.   
(d)In 2016, Mr. Lampron received 42 shares for 15 years of service with the Bank and $288 in cash to pay the taxes associated with the award under the Bank’s Service 
Recognition Program. 

  1,775 
  3,477 
581 

6,375 
5,816 
5,816 

4,676 
3,452 
3,360 

3,570 
2,631 
1,392 

405 
377 
349  

0 
0 
0 

Other($) 

0 
0 
0 

1,275(d) 
0 
0  

0 
2,500(c) 
     0 

18 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Grants of Plan-Based Awards  

The Company did not grant any plan-based awards to the named executive officers during the fiscal year ended 

December 31, 2016. 

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End 

The following table shows certain information for those outstanding equity awards at December 31, 2016.  

OUTSTANDING EQUITY AWARDS AT FISCAL YEAR-END 

Stock Awards 

Number of 
Shares or Units 
of Stock That 
Have Not 
Vested (#) 

Market Value of 
Shares or Units of 
Stock That Have  
Not Vested ($) 

Equity Incentive Plan 
Awards: Number of 
Unearned Shares, Units 
or Other Rights That 
Have Not Vested (#) 
19,669(1) 

Equity Incentive Plan  
Awards: Market or Payout  
Value of Unearned Shares,  
Units or Other Rights  
That Have Not Vested(3) ($) 

14,173(2) 

14,173(2) 

493,102 

355,317 

355,317 

Name 

Lance A. Sellers 

A. Joseph Lampron, Jr. 

William D. Cable, Sr. 
______________________________________ 

-- 

-- 

-- 

-- 

-- 

-- 

(1)  Includes 6,505 restricted stock units that were granted on March 22, 2012 (with a grant date fair value for each restricted stock unit of $7.90 on March 
22, 2012) and vest on March 22, 2017; 2,169 restricted stock units that were granted on July 26, 2012 (with a grant date fair value for each restricted 
stock unit of $8.25 on July 26, 2012) and vest on July 26, 2017; 4,875 restricted stock units that were granted on May 23, 2013 (with a grant date fair 
value for each restricted stock unit of $11.90 on May 23, 2013) and vest on May 23, 2017; 3,900 restricted stock units that were granted on February 
20, 2014 (with a grant date fair value for each restricted stock unit of $15.70 on February 20, 2014) and vest on February 20, 2017; and 2,200 
restricted stock units that were granted on February 19, 2015 (with a grant date fair value for each restricted stock unit of $17.97 on February 19, 
2015) and vest on February 19, 2019. 

(2)  Includes 4,777 restricted stock units that were granted on March 22, 2012 (with a grant date fair value for each restricted stock unit of $7.90 on March 
22, 2012) and vest on March 22, 2017; 1,593 restricted stock units that were granted on July 26, 2012 (with a grant date fair value for each restricted 
stock unit of $8.25 on July 26, 2012) and vest on July 26, 2017; 3,410 restricted stock units that were granted on May 23, 2013 (with a grant date fair 
value for each restricted stock unit of $11.90 on May 23, 2013) and vest on May 23, 2017; 2,728 restricted stock units that were granted on February 
20, 2014 (with a grant date fair value for each restricted stock unit of $15.70 on February 20, 2014) and vest on February 20, 2017; and 1,665 
restricted stock units that were granted on February 19, 2015 (with a grant date fair value for each restricted stock unit of $17.97 on February 19, 
2015) and vest on February 19, 2019. 

 (3) Based on a stock price of $25.07 per share on December 31, 2016. 

19 

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Option Exercises and Stock Vested 

During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016, no options were exercised by the named executive officers and 

no restricted stock units granted to the named executive officers vested.  

Pension Benefits  

The following table shows, for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016, the pension benefits paid or earned by 

Messrs. Sellers, Lampron and Cable.   

PENSION BENEFITS TABLE 

Name 

Plan Name 

Number of 
Years 
Credited  
Service 

Present 
Value of 
Accumulated 
Benefit($) 

Payments 
During Last 
Fiscal Year($) 

Lance A. Sellers 

Executive Salary Continuation Agreement1 

A. Joseph Lampron, Jr.  

Executive Salary Continuation Agreement1,2 

15 

15 

  370,614 

  525,074 

-- 

-- 

Executive Salary Continuation Agreement1 

William D. Cable, Sr.  
_______________________ 
1 The Bank entered into an Executive Salary Continuation Agreement with Messrs. Sellers, Lampron and Cable effective on January 1, 2002.  Each 
Executive  Salary  Continuation  Agreement  was  amended  on  December  31,  2003  and  December  18,  2008.    The  Executive  Salary  Continuation 
Agreements for Messrs. Sellers, Lampron and Cable were further amended on December 10, 2014.  Unless a separation from service or a change in 
control (as defined in the Executive Salary Continuation Agreements) occurs before the retirement age set forth in each Executive Salary Continuation 
Agreement, the Executive Salary Continuation Agreements provide for an annual supplemental retirement benefit to be paid to each of the named 
executive officers in 12 equal monthly installments payable on the first day of each month, beginning with the month immediately after the month in 
which the named executive officer attains the normal retirement age and for the named executive officer’s lifetime, or if longer, a 13-year term.  Under 
the terms of the Executive Salary Continuation Agreements, Mr. Sellers will receive an annual supplemental retirement benefit of $130,495, Mr. 
Lampron will receive an annual supplemental retirement benefit of $76,554 and Mr. Cable will receive an annual supplemental retirement benefit of 
$93,872.   

  137,145 

15 

-- 

2 As of December 31, 2016, Mr. Lampron was the only named executive officer eligible to withdraw funds from the plan.  Mr. Lampron, if he elected, 
could withdrawal 80% of the annual benefit of $76,554 (or $61,243 per year).  

20 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Nonqualified Deferred Compensation 

The  below  table  shows  the  compensation  deferred  by  Messrs.  Lampron  and  Cable  during  the  year ended 
December 31, 2016. Mr. Sellers elected not to defer any portion of his compensation during the year ended December 31, 
2016.  

                             NONQUALIFIED DEFERRED COMPENSATION 

Name 

Executive 
Contributions 
in the Last FY ($)(1) 

Registrant 
Contributions 
In Last FY ($) 

Aggregate 
Earnings in 
Last FY ($)(2) 

Aggregate 
Withdrawals/ 
Distributions ($) 

Aggregate 
Balance at 
Last FYE ($)(3) 

A. Joseph Lampron, Jr. 
William D. Cable, Sr. 

5,922 
16,252 

-- 
-- 

43,664 
76,767 

0 
0 

182,353 
414,653 

___________________ 
(1)  The above contributions were based on the named executive officer’s deferral elections and the salaries shown in the Summary Compensation Table.  The 

(2) 

(3) 

salaries in the Summary Compensation Table include these contributions. 
This column reflects earnings or losses on plan balances in 2016.  Earnings may increase or decrease depending on the performance of the elected hypothetical 
investment options.  Earnings on these plans are not “above-market” and thus are not reported in the Summary Compensation Table.  Plan balances may be 
hypothetically invested in various mutual funds and common stock as described below.  Investment returns on those funds and common stock ranged from        
-2.30% to 31.59% for the year ended December 31, 2016.  
This  column  represents  the  year-end  balances  of  the  named  executive officer’s nonqualified deferred compensation accounts.  These balances include 
contributions that were included in the Summary Compensation Tables in previous years.  Amounts in this column include earnings that were not previously 
reported in the Summary Compensation Table because they were not “above-market” earnings. 

Employment Agreements 

On  January  22,  2015,  the  Company,  the  Bank  and  each  of  (i)  Lance  A.  Sellers,  the  President  and  Chief 
Executive Officer of the Company and the Bank, (ii)  A.  Joseph Lampron, Jr., Executive Vice President and Chief 
Financial Officer of the Bank and Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Corporate Treasurer of the 
Company  and  (iii)  William  D.  Cable,  Sr.,  Executive  Vice  President  and  Chief  Operating  Officer  of  the  Bank  and 
Executive Vice President, Assistant Corporate Treasurer and Assistant Corporate Secretary of the Company executed an 
Employment Agreement which  replaced and superseded such executive’s prior employment agreement (collectively, the 
“Employment Agreements”).   

Each Employment Agreement provides for an initial term of 36 months beginning on January 22, 2015 (the 
“Effective Date”). On the first anniversary of the Effective Date and on each anniversary thereafter (the “Renewal Date”), 
each Employment Agreement shall be extended automatically for one additional year unless the Board of Directors of the 
Company (or the executive determines, and prior to the Renewal Date sends to the other party written notice, that the 
term shall not be extended.  If the Board of Directors of the Company decides not to extend the term, the Employment 
Agreement shall nevertheless remain in force until its existing term expires.  Under the Employment Agreements, the 
Bank will pay Mr. Sellers a base salary at the rate of at least $311,400 per year, Mr. Lampron a base salary at the rate of 
at least $193,125 per year and Mr. Cable a base salary at the rate of at least $198,750 per year (“Base Salary”).  The 
Bank will review each executive’s total compensation at least annually and in its sole discretion may adjust an executive’s 
total compensation from year to year, but during the term of the Employment Agreement, Mr. Sellers’s Base Salary may 
not decrease below $319,185, Mr. Lampron’s Base Salary may not decrease below $193,125 and Mr. Cable’s Base 
Salary may not decrease below $198,750; provided, however, that periodic increases in Base Salary, once granted, may 
not  be  subject  to  revocation.    In  addition,  the  Employment  Agreements  provide  for  discretionary  bonuses  and 
participation in other management incentive, pension, profit-sharing, medical and retirement plans maintained by the 
Bank, as well as fringe benefits normally associated with such executive’s office.   

Under the Employment Agreements, each executive’s employment will terminate automatically upon death.  
Otherwise, the Company and the Bank may terminate each executive’s employment for “cause”, “without cause” or in the 
event of a “disability” (each as defined in the Employment Agreements).  In addition, each executive may voluntarily 
terminate his employment upon 60 days prior written notice to the Company and the Bank or for “good reason” (as 

21 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
defined in the Employment Agreement).  Under the Employment Agreements, if the Company and the Bank terminate an 
executive’s employment “without cause”, or an executive terminates his employment for “good reason”, in each case, 
other than in connection with a change of control, then in each case, the executive would be entitled to receive certain 
severance payments and access to welfare benefit plans as more particularly set forth in the Employment Agreements.  
Under the Employment Agreements, in the event that the Company and the Bank terminate an executive’s employment 
“without cause”, or an executive terminates his employment for “good reason”, in any such case at the time of or within 
one year after a Change of Control, then the executive will be entitled to receive certain change in control payments as 
more particularly set forth in the Employment Agreements.  

In addition, each Employment Agreement contains certain restrictive covenants prohibiting the executive from 
competing against the Company and the Bank or soliciting the Company’s or the Bank’s customers for a period of time 
following termination of employment, all as more particularly set forth in the Employment Agreements.   

Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control  

Each of the Employment Agreements provide that in the event the Company terminates the employment of a 
named executive officers Without Cause (as defined in the Employment Agreements), or the officer terminates his or her 
employment for Good Reason (as defined in the Employment Agreements), in any such case during the employment and 
at the time of or within one year after a “change of control” (as defined in the Employment Agreements), the officer will 
be entitled to receive the following payments and benefits: (1) the Company will pay the officer the aggregate of the 
following  amounts:  (a)  the  sum  of  his  accrued  obligations;  (b)  the  greater  of  his  base  salary,  divided  by  365  and 
multiplied by the number of days remaining in the employment period, or an amount equal to 2.99 times his base salary; 
and (c) the product of his aggregate cash bonus for the last completed fiscal year, and a fraction, the numerator of which 
is the number of days in the current fiscal year through the date of termination, and the denominator of which is 365; (2) 
all restricted stock or restricted stock unit awards previously granted to the executive and which have not already become 
vested and released from restrictions on transfer and repurchase an forfeiture rights, either as a result of the change of 
control or otherwise, shall immediately vest and be released from such restrictions as of the change of control termination 
date; and (3) all options previously granted to the officer that are unvested as of the change of control termination date 
will be deemed vested, fully exercisable and non-forfeitable as of the change of control termination date (other than 
transfer  restrictions  applicable  to  incentive  stock  options)  and  all  previously  granted  options  that  are  vested,  but 
unexercised, on the change of control termination date will remain exercisable, in each case for the period during which 
they would have been exercisable absent the termination of his or her employment, except as otherwise specifically 
provided by the Internal Revenue Code; and (4) his benefits under all benefit plans that are non-qualified plans will be 
100% vested, regardless of his age or years of service, as of the change of control termination date. 

If the named executive officers were terminated on December 31, 2016, “without cause” or for “good reason” at 
the time of or within one year after a “change of control”, Mr. Sellers, Mr. Lampron and Mr. Cable would have been 
entitled to receive compensation of approximately $1,084,000, $713,000 and $730,000, respectively, pursuant to their 
Employment Agreements. These amounts are calculated based on each officer’s 2016 base salary and bonus as shown in 
the Summary Compensation Table. In addition, if a “change in control” (as defined in the Omnibus Plan) had occurred on 
December 31, 2016, all unvested restricted stock units previously granted to each of Mr. Sellers, Mr. Lampron and Mr. 
Cable would have vest immediately. On December 31, 2016, these unvested restricted stock units had a fair market value 
of $493,102, $355,317 and $355,317, respectively.  

Omnibus Stock Option and Long Term Incentive Plan 

The  purpose  of  the  Omnibus  Plan  is  to  promote  the  interests  of  the  Company  by  attracting  and  retaining 
directors and employees of outstanding ability and to provide executive and other key employees of the Company and its 
subsidiaries greater incentive to make material contributions to the success of the Company by providing them with 
stock-based compensation which will increase in value based upon the market performance of the common stock and/or 
the corporate achievement of financial and other performance objectives.   

Rights  Which  May  Be  Granted.    Under  the  Omnibus  Plan,  the  Committee  may  grant  or  award  eligible 
participants stock options, rights to receive restricted shares of common stock, restricted stock units, performance units 
(each equivalent to one share of common stock), SARs, and/or book value shares.  These grants and awards are referred 

22 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
to herein as “Rights.”  All Rights must be granted or awarded by February 19, 2019, the tenth anniversary of the date the 
Board  of  Directors  adopted  the  Omnibus  Plan.    The  Board  of  Directors  has  provided  for  360,000  shares  of  the 
Company’s common stock to be included in the Omnibus Plan to underlie Rights which may be granted thereunder. 

Options.  Options granted under the Omnibus Plan to eligible directors and employees may be either 
incentive stock options (“ISOs”) or non-qualified stock options (“NSOs”).  The exercise price of an ISO or NSO may not 
be less than 100% of the last-transaction price for the common stock quoted by the NASDAQ Stock Market on the date 
of grant. 

Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units.  The Committee may award Rights to acquire shares of 
common stock or restricted stock units, subject to certain transfer restrictions (“Restricted Stock” or “Restricted Stock 
Unit”) to eligible participants under the Omnibus Plan for such purchase price per share, if any, as the Committee, in its 
discretion, may determine appropriate.  The Committee will determine the expiration date for each Restricted Stock or 
Restricted Stock Unit award, up to a maximum of ten years from the date of grant.  In the Committee’s discretion, it may 
specify the period or periods of time within which each Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Unit award will first become 
exercisable, which period or periods may be accelerated or shortened by the Committee.  Under the terms of the Omnibus 
Plan, the Committee also has the discretion to pay out awards of Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units in the 
Company’s common stock, cash or a combination of stock and cash. 

Performance Units.  Under the Omnibus Plan, the Committee may grant to eligible directors and 
employees awards of long term incentive performance units, each equivalent in value to one share of common stock 
(“Units”).  Except as otherwise provided, Units awarded may be distributed only after the end of a performance period of 
two or more years, as determined by the Committee, beginning with the year in which the awards are granted. 

The percentage of the Units awarded that are to be distributed will depend on the level of financial and other 
performance goals achieved by the Company during the performance period.  The Committee may adopt one or more 
performance categories in addition to, or in substitution for, a performance category or may eliminate all performance 
categories other than financial performance.   

As soon as practicable after each performance period, the percentage of Units awarded that are to be distributed, 
based on the levels of performance achieved, will be determined and distributed to the recipients of such awards in the 
form of a combination of shares of common stock and cash or cash only.  Units awarded, but which the recipients are not 
entitled to receive, will be cancelled. 

In the event of the death or disability of a Unit recipient prior to the end of any performance period, the number 
of Units awarded for such performance period will be reduced in proportion to the number of months remaining in the 
performance period after the date of death or disability. The remaining portion of the award, if any, may, in the discretion 
of the Committee, be adjusted based upon the levels of performance achieved prior to the date of death or disability, and 
distributed within a reasonable time after death or disability.  In the event a recipient of Units ceases to be an eligible 
director or employee for any reason other than death or disability, all Units awarded, but not yet distributed, will be 
cancelled. 

In the event of a change in control (as that term is defined in the Omnibus Plan), any outstanding Units will 

immediately and automatically be reduced as appropriate to reflect a shorter performance period. 

An amount equal to the dividend payable on one share of common stock (a “dividend equivalent credit”) will be 
determined  and  credited  on  the  payment  date  to  each  Unit  recipient’s  account  for  each  Unit  awarded  and  not  yet 
distributed or cancelled.  Such amount will be converted within the account to an additional number of Units equal to the 
number of shares of common stock which could be purchased at the last-transaction price of the common stock on the 
NASDAQ Market on the dividend payment date. 

No dividend equivalent credits or distribution of Units may be credited or made if, at the time of crediting or 
distribution, (i)  the regular quarterly dividend on the common stock has been omitted and not subsequently paid or there 
exists any default in payment of dividends on any such outstanding shares of common stock; (ii)  the rate of dividends on 
the common stock is lower than at the time the Units to which the dividend equivalent credit relates were awarded, 

23 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
adjusted for certain changes; (iii)  estimated consolidated net income of the Company for the twelve-month period 
preceding the month the dividend equivalent credit or distribution would otherwise have been made is less than the sum 
of the amount of the dividend equivalent credits and Units eligible for distribution under the Omnibus Plan in that month 
plus all dividends applicable to such period on an accrual basis, either paid, declared or accrued at the most recently paid 
rate, on all outstanding shares of common stock; or (iv)  the dividend equivalent credit or distribution would result in a 
default in any agreement by which the Company is bound. 

If an extraordinary event occurs during a performance period which significantly alters the basis upon which the 
performance  levels  were  established,  the  Committee  may  make  adjustments  which  it  deems  appropriate  in  the 
performance  levels.    Such  events  may  include  changes  in  accounting  practices,  tax,  financial  institution  laws  or 
regulations or other laws or regulations, economic changes not in the ordinary course of business cycles, or compliance 
with judicial decrees or other legal requirements. 

Stock Appreciation Rights.  The Omnibus Plan provides that the Committee may award to eligible 
directors and employees Rights to receive cash based upon increases in the market price of common stock over the last 
transaction price of the common stock on the NASDAQ Stock Market (the “Base Price”) on the date of the award.  The 
Committee may adjust the Base Price of a stock appreciation right (“SAR”) based upon the market value performance of 
the common stock in comparison with the aggregate market value performance of a selected index or at a stated annual 
percentage rate.  The expiration date of a SAR may be no more than ten years from the date of award. 

Each SAR awarded by the Committee may be exercisable immediately or may become vested over such period 
or periods as the Committee may establish, which periods may be accelerated or shortened in the Committee’s discretion. 
 Each SAR awarded will terminate upon the expiration date established by the Committee, termination of the employment 
or directorship of the SAR recipient, or in the event of a change in control, as described above in connection with the 
termination of Options. 

Book Value Shares.  The Omnibus Plan provides that the Committee may award to eligible directors 
and eligible employees long term incentive units, each equivalent in value to the book value of one share of common 
stock on the date of award (“Book Value Shares”).  The Committee will specify the period or periods of time within 
which each Book Value Share will vest, which period or periods may be accelerated or shortened by the Committee.  
Upon redemption, the holder of a Book Value Share will receive an amount equal to the difference between the book 
value of the common stock at the time the Book Value Share is awarded and the book value of the common stock at the 
time the Book Value Share is redeemed, adjusted for the effects of dividends, new share issuances, and mark-to-market 
valuations of the Company’s investment securities portfolio in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. 

The expiration date of each Book Value Share awarded will be established by the Committee, up to a maximum 
of ten years from the date of award.  However, awards of Book Value Shares will terminate earlier in the same manner as 
described above in connection with the termination of Options. 

Adjustments.  In the event the outstanding shares of the common stock are increased, decreased, changed into or 
exchanged for a different number or kind of securities as a result of a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, 
recapitalization, merger, share exchange acquisition, or reclassification, appropriate proportionate adjustments will be 
made in (i) the aggregate number or kind of shares which may be issued pursuant to exercise of, or which underlie, 
Rights; (ii) the exercise or other purchase price, or Base Price, and the number and/or kind of shares acquirable under, or 
underlying, Rights; and (iii) rights and matters determined on a per share basis under the Omnibus Plan.  Any such 
adjustment will be made by the Committee, subject to ratification by the Board of Directors.  As described above, the 
Base Price of a SAR may also be adjusted by the Committee to reflect changes in a selected index.  Except with regard to 
Units and Book Value Shares awarded under the Omnibus Plan, no adjustment in the Rights will be required by reason of 
the issuance of common stock, or securities convertible into common stock, by the Company for cash or the issuance of 
shares  of  common  stock  by  the  Company  in exchange  for shares of the capital stock of any corporation, financial 
institution or other organization acquired by the Company or a subsidiary thereof in connection therewith. 

Any shares of common stock allocated to Rights granted under  the Omnibus Plan which are subsequently 

cancelled or forfeited will be available for further allocation upon such cancellation or forfeiture. 

24 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Director Compensation 

Directors’ Fees.  Members of the Company’s Board of Directors receive no fees or compensation for their 
service.  However, all members of the Board of Directors are also directors of the Bank and are compensated for that 
service.   

During the year ended December 31, 2016, each director received a fee of $1,000 for each Bank Board of 
Directors meeting attended, an additional fee of $500 for each committee meeting attended and a retainer of $12,000. In 
addition, the Chairman of the Bank’s Board of Directors received an additional $250 per meeting attended and the 
chairpersons of each committee received an additional $150 per meeting attended.  Directors receive $375 for special 
meetings held via conference call in lieu of the Board of Director and committee meeting fees set forth above.  

Directors who are members of the Board of Directors of Real Estate Advisory Services, Inc., Peoples Investment 
Services, Inc. and PB Real Estate Holdings, LLC, and Community Bank Real Estate Solutions, LLC, subsidiaries of the 
Bank, receive $500 per meeting.   

The Bank maintains a Service Recognition Program, under which directors, officers and employees are eligible 
for awards.  Under the Service Recognition Program, directors, officers and employees are awarded a combination of 
common stock of the Company and cash in the amount necessary to pay taxes on the award, with the amount of the award 
based upon the length of service to the Bank.  Any common stock awarded under the Service Recognition Program is 
purchased by the Bank on the open market, and no new shares are issued by the Company under the Service Recognition 
Program.  

Directors’ Stock Benefits Plan.  Members of the Board of Directors are eligible to participate in the Company’s 
Omnibus Plan.  On March 22, 2012, the Company granted 810 restricted stock units to each director, with each unit being 
comprised of the right to receive one share of the Company’s common stock and having a grant date fair value of $7.90.  
The restricted stock units awarded to directors on March 22, 2012 vested in full on March 22, 2017.  On May 23, 2013, 
the Company granted 810 restricted stock units to each director, with each unit being comprised of the right to receive 
one share of the Company’s common stock and having a grant date fair value of $11.90.  The restricted stock units 
awarded to directors on May 23, 2013 will vest in full on May 23, 2017.  On February 20, 2014, the Company granted 
650 restricted stock units to each director, with  each unit being comprised of the right to receive one share of the 
Company’s common stock and having a grant date fair value of $15.70.  The restricted stock units awarded to directors 
on February 20, 2014 vested in full on February 20, 2017.  On February 19, 2015, the Company granted 375 restricted 
stock units to each director, with each unit being comprised of the right to receive one share of the Company’s common 
stock and having a grant date fair value of $17.97.  The restricted stock units awarded to directors on February 19, 2015 
will vest in full on February 19, 2019. The Company did not grant any plan-based awards to directors during the fiscal 
year ended December 31, 2016.   

 Directors’ Deferred Compensation Plan. The Bank maintains a non-qualified deferred compensation plan for 
all of its directors.  The Bank’s directors are also directors of the Company.  Under the deferred compensation plan, each 
director may defer all or a portion of his fees to the plan each year.  The director may elect to invest the deferred 
compensation in a restricted list of investment funds.  The Bank may make matching contributions to the plan for the 
benefit of the director from time to time at the discretion of the Bank.  Directors are fully vested in all amounts they 
contribute to the plan and in any amounts contributed by the Bank. The Bank has established a Rabbi Trust to hold the 
directors’  accrued  benefits  under  the  plan.    There  are  no  “above-market”  returns  provided  for  in  the  deferred 
compensation plan. The Bank made no contributions to this plan in 2016.   

Benefits under the plan are payable in the event of the director’s death, resignation, removal, failure to be re-
elected, retirement or in cases of hardship.  Directors may elect to receive deferred compensation payments in one lump 
sum or in installments.  

Directors’  Supplemental  Retirement  Plan.  The  Bank  maintains  a  non-qualified  supplemental  retirement 
benefits plan for all its directors. The supplemental retirement benefits plan is designed to provide a retirement benefit to 
the directors while at the same time minimizing the financial impact on the Bank’s earnings. Under the supplemental 
retirement benefits plan, the Company purchased life insurance contracts on the lives of each director. The increase in 

25 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
cash surrender value of the contracts constitutes the Company’s contribution to the supplemental retirement benefits plan 
each year. The Bank will pay annual benefits to each director for 15 years beginning upon retirement from the Board of 
Directors. The Bank is the sole owner of all of the insurance contracts. 

The following table reports all forms of compensation paid to or accrued for the benefit of each director 

during the 2016 fiscal year. 

DIRECTOR COMPENSATION 

Fees 
Earned or 
Paid in 
Cash ($)  

Stock 
Awards1 ($) 

Option 
Awards ($)  

Non-Equity 
Incentive Plan 
Compensation ($)  

Name  

James S. Abernethy 

  28,950 

Robert C. Abernethy 

  45,200 

Douglas S. Howard 

  37,800 

John W. Lineberger, Jr. 

  27,300 

Gary E. Matthews 

  27,300 

Billy L. Price, Jr., M.D. 

  37,650 

Larry E. Robinson 

  27,800 

William Gregory Terry 

  28,300 

Dan Ray Timmerman, Sr. 

  34,300 

Benjamin I. Zachary 

  31,300 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

Change in 
Pension Value 
and 
Nonqualified 
Deferred 
Compensation 
Earnings2 ($)  

6,869 

10,400 

4,264 

10,129 

6,228 

5,632 

6,625 

2,087 

14,655 

5,657 

All Other 
Compensation ($) 

Total ($)  

0 

5,0003 

0 

0 

1,2753 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

  35,819 

  60,600 

  42,064 

  37,429 

  34,803 

  43,282 

  34,425 

  30,387 

  48,955 

  36,957 

_________________________ 
1  The Company did not grant any plan-based awards to directors during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016.  At December 31, 2016, each director 
had an aggregate of 2,645 restricted stock units outstanding.  See information above under the heading “Directors Stock Benefit Plan” for information 
on each individual grant of restricted stock units.  

2  Change in Pension Value and Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Earnings represents the expense accrued by the Bank for each director under the 

Directors’ Supplemental Retirement Plan as described above. 

3  In 2016, Director R. Abernethy received 171 shares of the Company’s stock and $981.50 in cash for his 40 years of service as a director under the 
Bank’s Service Recognition Program, and Director Matthews received 42 shares of the Company’s stock and $288.00 in cash for his 15 years of 
service as a director under the Bank’s Service Recognition Program. 

Indebtedness of and Transactions with Management and Directors 

The Company is a “listed issuer” under the rules and regulations of the Exchange Act whose common stock is 
listed on NASDAQ. The Company uses the definition of independence contained in NASDAQ’s listing standards to 
determine the independence of its directors and that the Board of Directors and each standing committee of the Board of 
Directors is in compliance with NASDAQ listing standards for independence.  

Certain directors and executive officers of the Bank and their immediate families and associates were customers 
of and had transactions with the Bank in the ordinary course of business during 2016.  All outstanding loans, extensions 
of credit or overdrafts, endorsements and guarantees outstanding at any time during 2016 to the Bank’s executive officers 
and directors and their family members were made in the ordinary course of its business.  These loans are currently made 
on  substantially  the  same  terms,  including  interest  rates  and  collateral,  as  those  then  prevailing  for  comparable 
transactions with persons not related to the lender, and did not involve more than the normal risk of collectability or 
present any other unfavorable features.   

26 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  Board  of  Directors  routinely,  and  no  less  than  annually,  reviews  all  transactions,  direct  and  indirect, 
between the Company or the Bank and any employee or director, or any of such person’s immediate family members. 
Transactions are reviewed as to comparable market values for similar transactions. All material facts of the transactions 
and the director’s interest are discussed by all disinterested directors and a decision is made about whether the transaction 
is fair to the Company and the Bank. A majority vote of all disinterested directors is required to approve the transaction.  

The Bank leases two of its facilities from Shortgrass Associates, L.L.C. (“Shortgrass”).  Director John W. 
Lineberger, Jr. owns 25% of the membership interests in Shortgrass.  Pursuant to the terms of the leases for the two 
facilities leased by the Bank, during 2016 the Bank paid a total of $229,310 to Shortgrass in lease payments for these 
facilities.  Each of the facilities is subject to a 20-year lease between the Bank and Shortgrass.  

The Bank engaged Matthews Construction Company, Inc. (“Matthews Construction”) to renovate the Bank’s 
Corporate Center located at  518 West C Street, Newton, North Carolina 28658.  Director Gary E. Matthews owns 
18.43% of the issued and outstanding capital stock in Matthews Construction.  During 2016 the Bank paid a total of 
$208,770 to Matthews Construction for such renovation work.   

The Board of Directors also evaluates the influence family relationships may have on the independence of 
directors who are related by blood or marriage. Christine S. Abernethy, a greater than ten percent (10%) shareholder of 
the Company, has two sons, Robert C. Abernethy and James S. Abernethy, who serve on the Board of Directors. All of 
the  non-related  directors  have  determined  that  the  family  relationships  among  Christine  S.  Abernethy,  James  S. 
Abernethy and Robert C. Abernethy do not affect the brothers’ independence as directors. 

27 

 
 
 
 
 
Equity Compensation Plan Information  

The following table sets forth certain information regarding outstanding options and shares for future issuance 
under  the  Equity  Compensation  Plans  as  of  December 31, 2016. Individual equity compensation arrangements are 
aggregated and included within this table. This table excludes any plan, contract or arrangement that provides for the 
issuance of options, warrants or other rights that are given to our shareholders on a pro rata basis and any employee 
benefit plan that is intended to meet the qualification requirements of Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code.  

 Number of 
securities to be 
issued upon 
exercise of 
outstanding option, 
warrants and rights 
(1), (2), (3), (4), (5)  
 (a)  

Weighted-average 
exercise price of 
outstanding 
options, warrants 
and rights (6) 
(b) 

Number of securities remaining 
available for future issuance 
under equity compensation plans 
(excluding securities reflected in 
column (a))  (7) 
(c) 

97,480  

- 
97,480  

$25.07  

- 
$25.07  

262,520  

- 
262,520  

Plan Category 

Equity compensation plans 
approved by security holders 

Equity compensation plans not 
approved by security holders 
Total 

(1) Includes 24,159 restricted stock units granted on March 22, 2012 and 5,355 restricted stock units granted on July 
26, 2012 under the February 19, 2009 Omnibus Stock Ownership and Long Term Incentive Plan (the "Omnibus 
Plan").  These restricted stock grants vest five years after issuance. 

(2) Includes 26,795 restricted stock units granted on May 23, 2013 under the Omnibus Plan.  These restricted stock 
grants vest on May 23, 2017. 

(3) Includes 21,056 restricted stock units granted on February 20, 2014 under the Omnibus Plan.  These restricted 
stock grants vest on February 20, 2017. 

(4) Includes 15,075 restricted stock units granted on February 19, 2015 under the Omnibus Plan.  These restricted 
stock grants vest on February 19, 2019. 

(5) Includes 5,040 restricted stock units granted on February 18, 2016 under the Omnibus Plan.  These restricted 
stock grants vest on February 20, 2020. 

(6) The exercise price used for the grants of restricted stock units under the Omnibus Plan is $25.07, the closing price 
for the Company’s stock on December 31, 2016. 

(7) Reflects shares currently reserved for possible issuance under the Omnibus Plan.  

28 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
STOCK PERFORMANCE GRAPH 

The following graph compares the  Company’s cumulative  shareholder return on its common stock with a 
NASDAQ index and with a southeastern bank index.  The graph was prepared by SNL Securities, L.C., Charlottesville,
Virginia, using data as of December 31, 2016. 

COMPARISON OF SIX-YEAR CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURNS 
Performance Report for 
Peoples Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc. 

Peoples Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc.
Peoples Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc.

Total Return Performance

Peoples Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc.

NASDAQ Composite

SNL Southeast Bank

500

450

400

350

300

250

200

150

100

e
u
l
a
V
x
e
d
n

I

12/31/11

12/31/12

12/31/13

12/31/14

12/31/15

12/31/16

Index
Peoples Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc.
NASDAQ Composite
SNL Southeast Bank

Period Ending
12/31/11 12/31/12 12/31/13 12/31/14 12/31/15 12/31/16
492.69
219.89
331.30

373.07
201.98
249.57

341.90
188.84
253.52

169.48
117.45
166.11

100.00
100.00
100.00

266.65
164.57
225.10

29

 
PROPOSAL 2 
RATIFICATION OF SELECTION OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING 
FIRM  

Elliott Davis Decosimo, PLLC (“Elliott Davis”), our registered independent public accounting firm for the fiscal 
year  ended  December  31,  2016,  has been appointed by the Audit Committee as our registered independent public 
accounting firm for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2017, and you are being asked to ratify this appointment.  Fees 
charged by this firm are at rates and upon terms that are customarily charged by other registered independent public 
accounting firms.  A representative of the firm will be present at the Annual Meeting and will have an opportunity to 
make a statement if he or she desires to do so and to respond to appropriate questions.   

On June 19, 2015, we advised Porter Keadle Moore, LLC (“PKM”), our registered independent accounting firm 
for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014, that it was dismissed as our registered independent public accounting firm. 
PKM’s reports on our financial statements for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, did not contain an 
adverse  opinion  or  a  disclaimer  of  opinion,  and  were  not  qualified  or  modified  as  to  uncertainty,  audit  scope  or 
accounting principles. The decision to change accountants was recommended and approved by the Audit Committee. 
During fiscal years ended December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2014 and through the period ended June 19, 2015, there 
were no disagreements with PKM on any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosures, or 
auditing scope or procedures which disagreements, if not resolved to PKM’s satisfaction, would have caused PKM to 
make reference thereto in their reports on the financial statements for such periods. 

In addition, on June 19, 2015, we appointed Elliott Davis as our independent registered public accounting firm 
for  the  fiscal  year  ended  December 31,  2015.  We  did  not  consult  with  Elliott  Davis  during  the  fiscal  years  ended 
December 31, 2013 and 2014, nor during any subsequent interim period preceding such appointment, on the application 
of accounting principles to a specific contemplated or completed transaction, the type of audit opinion that might be 
rendered on our consolidated financial statements, or any matter that was the subject of a “disagreement” or a “reportable 
event” as such terms are described in Item 304(a)(1)(iv) and (v) of Regulation S-K. 

Audit Fees Paid to Independent Auditors 

The following table represents the approximate fees for professional services rendered by Elliott Davis and 
PKM for the audit of our annual financial statements and review of our financial statements included in our Forms 10-Q 
for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 and fees billed for audit-related services, tax services and all 
other services rendered, for each of such years. 

Audit Fees1 

Audit-Related Fees2 

Tax Fees3 

All Other Fees 

Year Ended December 31 

2016 

$178,500 

$  10,000 

$  25,100 

-- 

2015 

$193,000 

$  19,000 

$  45,000 

-- 

__________________________ 
1 Of the 2015 amount, $163,000 was for Elliott Davis and $30,000 was for PKM.  The $163,000 for Elliot Davis includes amounts for the testing of 
management’s assertions regarding internal controls in accordance with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act.  Audit Fees for 
Elliot Davis and PKM include amounts for the integrated audit of the consolidated financial statements and internal control over financial reporting 
(Sarbanes-Oxley Section 404). 
2 Represents amounts for the audit of the Company’s Profit Sharing and 401(k) Plan and the testing of management’s assertions regarding internal 
controls in accordance with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act.  Of the 2015 amount, all was for PKM.  
3 Represents amounts for assistance in the preparation of our various federal, state and local tax returns.  Of the 2015 amount, $20,000 was for Elliott 
Davis and $25,000 was for PKM.  

30 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
All audit related services, tax services and other services giving rise to the fees listed under “Audit-Related 
Fees”, “Tax Fees” and “All Other Fees” in the table above were pre-approved by the Audit Committee, which concluded 
that the provision of such services was compatible with the maintenance of that firm’s independence in the conduct of its 
auditing functions.  The Audit Committee’s Charter provides for pre-approval of all audit and non-audit services to be 
provided by our independent auditors.  The Charter authorizes the Audit Committee to delegate to one or more of its 
members pre-approval authority with respect to permitted services, provided that any such approvals are presented to the 
Audit Committee at its next scheduled meeting. 

THE  BOARD  OF  DIRECTORS  RECOMMENDS  THAT  THE  SHAREHOLDERS  VOTE  FOR 
RATIFICATION OF THE APPOINTMENT OF ELLIOTT DAVIS AS THE COMPANY’S INDEPENDENT 
REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDING DECEMBER 31, 2016. 

DATE FOR RECEIPT OF SHAREHOLDER PROPOSALS 

It is presently anticipated that the 2018 Annual Meeting of Shareholders of the Company will be held on May 3, 
2018.    In  order  for  shareholder  proposals  to  be  included  in the Company’s proxy materials for that meeting, such 
proposals must be received by the Secretary of the Company at the Company’s principal executive office no later than 
November 27, 2017 and meet all other applicable requirements for inclusion in the Proxy Statement. 

In the alternative, a shareholder may commence his or her own proxy solicitation and present a proposal from 
the floor at the 2018 Annual Meeting of Shareholders of the Company.  In order to do so, the shareholder must notify the 
Secretary of the Company in writing, at the Company’s principal executive office no later than February 9, 2018, of his or 
her proposal.  If the Secretary of the Company is not notified of the shareholder’s proposal by February 9, 2018, the 
Board of Directors may vote on the proposal pursuant to the discretionary authority granted by the proxies solicited by 
the Board of Directors for the 2018 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.  

OTHER MATTERS 

Management  knows  of  no  other  matters  to  be  presented  for  consideration  at  the  Annual  Meeting  or  any 
adjournments  thereof.   If any other matters shall properly come before the  Annual  Meeting, it is intended that the 
proxyholders named in the enclosed form of proxy will vote the shares represented thereby in accordance with their 
judgment, pursuant to the discretionary authority granted therein. 

MISCELLANEOUS 

The Annual Report of the Company for the year ended December 31, 2016, which includes financial statements 
audited and reported upon by the Company’s registered independent public accounting firm, is being mailed as Appendix 
A to this Proxy Statement; however, it is not intended that the Annual Report be deemed a part of this Proxy Statement or 
a solicitation of proxies.   

THE FORM 10-K FILED BY THE COMPANY WITH THE SEC, INCLUDING THE FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS AND SCHEDULES THERETO, WILL BE PROVIDED FREE OF CHARGE UPON WRITTEN 
REQUEST DIRECTED TO:  PEOPLES BANCORP OF NORTH CAROLINA, INC., POST OFFICE BOX 467, 
518 WEST C STREET, NEWTON, NORTH CAROLINA 28658-0467, ATTENTION:    A. JOSEPH LAMPRON, 
JR. 

By Order of the Board of Directors, 

Lance A. Sellers 
President and Chief Executive Officer 

Newton, North Carolina 
March 24, 2017 

31 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
APPENDIX A 

ANNUAL REPORT  
OF  
PEOPLES BANCORP OF NORTH CAROLINA, INC. 

 
 
 
 
PEOPLES BANCORP OF NORTH CAROLINA, INC. 

General Description of Business 

Peoples  Bancorp  of  North  Carolina,  Inc.  (“Bancorp”),  was  formed  in  1999  to  serve  as  the  holding  company  for 
Peoples  Bank  (the  “Bank”).    Bancorp  is  a  bank  holding  company  registered  with  the  Board  of  Governors  of  the  Federal 
Reserve  System  (the  “Federal  Reserve”)  under  the  Bank  Holding  Company  Act  of  1956,  as  amended  (the  “BHCA”).  
Bancorp’s principal source of income is dividends declared and paid by the Bank on its capital stock, if any.  Bancorp has no 
operations  and  conducts  no  business  of  its  own  other  than  owning  the  Bank.    Accordingly,  the  discussion  of  the  business 
which  follows  concerns  the  business  conducted  by  the  Bank,  unless  otherwise  indicated.    Bancorp  and  its  wholly  owned 
subsidiary, the Bank, along with the Bank’s wholly owned subsidiaries are collectively called the “Company”.   

The Bank, founded in 1912, is a state-chartered commercial bank serving the citizens and business interests of the 
Catawba Valley and surrounding communities through 20 banking offices, as of December 31, 2016, located in Lincolnton, 
Newton, Denver, Catawba, Conover, Maiden, Claremont, Hiddenite, Hickory, Charlotte, Monroe, Cornelius, Mooresville and 
Raleigh,  North  Carolina.    The  Bank  also  operates  loan  production  offices  in  Denver,  Durham  and  Winston-Salem,  North 
Carolina.    At  December  31,  2016,  the  Company  had  total  assets  of  $1.1  billion,  net  loans  of  $716.3  million,  deposits  of 
$892.9 million, total securities of $252.6 million, and shareholders’ equity of $107.4 million. 

The  Bank  operates  four  banking  offices  focused  on  the  Latino  population  under  the  name  Banco  de  la  Gente 
(“Banco”).  These offices are operated as a division of the Bank.  Banco offers normal and customary banking services as are 
offered in the Bank’s other branches such as the taking of deposits and the making of loans and therefore is not considered a 
reportable  segment  of  the  Company.      The  Bank  operates  one  Banco  loan  production  office  in  Durham  County,  North 
Carolina and one Banco loan production office in Forsyth County, North Carolina specifically designed to serve the growing 
Latino market.   

The  Bank  has  a  diversified  loan  portfolio, with no foreign loans and few agricultural loans.  Real estate loans are 
predominately  variable  rate  and  fixed  rate  commercial  property  loans,  which  include  residential  development  loans  to 
commercial  customers.    Commercial  loans  are  spread  throughout  a  variety  of  industries  with  no  one  particular  industry  or 
group of related industries accounting for a significant portion of the commercial loan portfolio.  The majority of the Bank’s 
deposit  and  loan  customers  are  individuals  and  small  to  medium-sized  businesses  located  in  the  Bank’s  market  area.    The 
Bank’s loan portfolio also includes Individual Taxpayer Identification Number (ITIN) mortgage loans generated thorough the 
Bank’s  Banco  offices.    Additional  discussion  of  the  Bank’s  loan  portfolio  and  sources  of  funds  for  loans  can  be  found  in 
“Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” on pages A-4 through A-23 of the 
Annual Report, which is included in this Form 10-K as Exhibit (13). 

The operations of the Bank and depository institutions in general are significantly influenced by general economic 
conditions  and  by  related  monetary  and  fiscal  policies  of  depository  institution  regulatory  agencies,  including  the  Federal 
Reserve,  the  Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Corporation  (the  “FDIC”)  and  the  North  Carolina  Commissioner  of  Banks  (the 
“Commissioner”).  

The Company’s fiscal year ends December 31.  This Form 10-K is also being used as the Bank’s Annual Disclosure 
Statement under FDIC Regulations.  This Form 10-K has not been reviewed, or confirmed for accuracy or relevance by the 
FDIC. 

At December 31, 2016, the Company employed 294 full-time employees and 37 part-time employees, which equated 

to 318 full-time equivalent employees. 

Subsidiaries 

The  Bank  is  a  subsidiary  of  the  Company.    At  December  31,  2016,  the  Bank  had  four  subsidiaries,  Peoples 
Investment Services, Inc., Real Estate Advisory Services, Inc., Community Bank Real Estate Solutions, LLC (“CBRES”) and 
PB  Real  Estate  Holdings,  LLC.    Through  a  relationship  with  Raymond  James Financial Services, Inc., Peoples Investment 
Services,  Inc.  provides  the Bank’s customers access to investment counseling and non-deposit investment products such as 
stocks,  bonds,  mutual  funds,  tax  deferred  annuities,  and  related  brokerage  services.    Real  Estate  Advisory  Services,  Inc. 
provides real estate appraisal and real estate brokerage services.  CBRES serves as a “clearing-house” for appraisal services 
for community banks.  Other banks are able to contract with CBRES to find and engage appropriate appraisal companies in 
the  area  where  the  property  to  be  appraised  is  located.    This  type  of  service  ensures  that  the  appraisal  process  remains 
independent from the financing process within the Bank.  PB Real Estate Holdings, LLC acquires, manages and disposes of 
real property, other collateral and other assets obtained in the ordinary course of collecting debts previously contracted. 

A-1 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In June 2006, the Company formed a wholly owned Delaware statutory trust, PEBK Capital Trust II (“PEBK Trust 
II”), which issued $20.0 million of guaranteed preferred beneficial interests in the Company’s junior subordinated deferrable 
interest  debentures.    All  of  the  common  securities  of  PEBK  Trust  II  are  owned  by  the  Company.    The  proceeds  from  the 
issuance of the common securities and the trust preferred securities were used by PEBK Trust II to purchase $20.6 million of 
junior subordinated debentures of the Company, which pay a floating rate equal to three-month LIBOR plus 163 basis points.  
The proceeds received by the Company from the sale of the junior subordinated debentures were used in December 2006 to 
repay the trust preferred securities issued in December 2001 by PEBK Capital Trust, a wholly owned Delaware statutory trust 
of the Company, and for general purposes.  The debentures represent the sole asset of PEBK Trust II.  PEBK Trust II is not 
included in the consolidated financial statements. 

The  trust  preferred  securities  issued  by  PEBK  Trust  II  accrue  and  pay  quarterly  at  a  floating  rate  of  three-month 
LIBOR  plus  163  basis  points.    The  Company  has  guaranteed  distributions  and  other  payments  due  on  the  trust  preferred 
securities to the extent PEBK Trust II does not have funds with which to make the distributions and other payments.  The net 
combined  effect  of  the  trust  preferred  securities  transaction  is  that  the  Company  is  obligated  to  make  the  distributions  and 
other payments required on the trust preferred securities. 

These  trust  preferred  securities  are  mandatorily  redeemable  upon  maturity  of  the  debentures  on  June  28, 2036, or 
upon  earlier  redemption  as  provided  in  the  indenture.    The  Company  has  the  right  to  redeem  the  debentures  purchased  by 
PEBK Trust II, in whole or in part, which became effective on June 28, 2011.  As specified in the indenture, if the debentures 
are redeemed prior to maturity, the redemption price will be the principal amount plus any accrued but unpaid interest. 

This  report  contains  certain  forward-looking  statements  with  respect  to  the  financial  condition,  results  of 
operations and business of the Company.  These forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties and are based 
on the beliefs and assumptions of management of the Company and on the information available to management at the 
time  that  these  disclosures  were  prepared.  These  statements  can  be  identified  by  the  use  of  words  like  “expect,” 
“anticipate,” “estimate” and “believe,” variations of these words and other similar expressions.  Readers should not place 
undue  reliance  on  forward-looking  statements  as  a  number  of  important  factors  could  cause  actual  results  to  differ 
materially  from  those  in  the  forward-looking  statements.    Factors  that  could  cause  actual  results  to  differ  materially 
include,  but  are  not  limited  to,  (1)  competition  in  the  markets  served  by  the  Bank,  (2)  changes  in  the  interest  rate 
environment, (3) general national, regional or local economic conditions may be less favorable than expected, resulting 
in,  among  other  things,  a  deterioration  in  credit  quality  and  the  possible  impairment  of  collectibility  of  loans,  (4) 
legislative or regulatory changes, including changes in accounting standards, (5) significant changes in the federal and 
state legal and regulatory environment and tax laws, (6) the impact of changes in monetary and fiscal policies, laws, rules 
and regulations and (7) other risks and factors identified in the Company’s other filings with the Securities and Exchange 
Commission.  The Company undertakes no obligation to update any forward-looking statements. 

A-2 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

Dollars in Thousands Except Per Share Amounts

Summary of Operations
Interest income
Interest expense
Net interest income
Provision for loan losses
Net interest income after provision

for loan losses
Non-interest income
Non-interest expense
Earnings before income taxes
Income tax expense
Net earnings
Dividends and accretion of preferred stock
Net earnings available to common

shareholders

Selected Year-End Balances
Assets
Investment securities available for sale
Net loans
Mortgage loans held for sale
Interest-earning assets
Deposits
Interest-bearing liabilities
Shareholders' equity
Shares outstanding

Selected Average Balances
Assets
Investment securities available for sale
Net loans
Interest-earning assets
Deposits
Interest-bearing liabilities
Shareholders' equity
Shares outstanding

Profitability Ratios
Return on average total assets
Return on average shareholders' equity
Dividend payout ratio*

$

$

$

$

$

$

2016

2015

2014

2013

2012

39,809
3,271
36,538
(1,206)

37,744
13,976
39,982
11,738
2,561
9,177
-

38,666
3,484
35,182
(17)

35,199
13,312
35,778
12,733
3,100
9,633
-

38,420
4,287
34,133
(699)

34,832
12,164
35,671
11,325
1,937
9,388
-

36,696
5,353
31,343
2,584

28,759
12,652
32,841
8,570
1,879
6,691
656

39,245
7,696
31,549
4,924

26,625
12,537
31,782
7,380
1,587
5,793
1,010

9,177

9,633

9,388

6,035

4,783

1,087,991
249,946
716,261
5,709
1,019,661
892,918
698,120
107,428
5,417,800

1,076,604
252,725
703,484
985,236
856,313
705,291
113,196
5,477,245

1,038,481
268,530
679,502
4,149
977,079
832,175
679,937
104,864
5,510,538

1,038,594
266,830
669,628
952,251
816,628
707,611
106,644
5,559,235

1,040,494
281,099
640,809
1,375
956,900
814,700
722,991
98,665
5,612,588

1,036,486
287,371
631,025
949,537
808,399
731,786
96,877
5,615,666

1,034,684
297,890
607,459
497
925,736
799,361
735,111
83,719
5,613,495

1,023,609
293,770
614,532
950,451
787,640
741,228
100,241
5,613,495

1,013,516
297,823
605,551
6,922
931,738
781,525
745,140
97,747
5,613,495

1,029,612
289,010
648,595
965,994
786,976
770,546
103,805
5,559,401

0.85%
8.11%
22.95%

0.93%
9.03%
16.34%

0.91%
9.69%
10.89%

0.65%
6.67%
11.17%

0.56%
5.58%
20.96%

Liquidity and Capital Ratios (averages)
Loan to deposit
Shareholders' equity to total assets

82.15%
10.51%

82.00%
10.27%

78.06%
9.35%

78.02%
9.79%

82.42%
10.08%

Per share of Common Stock
Basic net earnings
Diluted net earnings
Cash dividends
Book value

$
$
$
$

1.68
1.65
0.38
19.83

1.73
1.72
0.28
19.03

1.67
1.66
0.18
17.58

1.08
1.07
0.12
14.91

0.86
0.86
0.18
15.18

*As a percentage of net earnings available to common shareholders.

A-3 

 
 
 
       
       
       
       
       
         
         
         
         
         
       
       
       
       
       
        
            
          
         
         
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
            
            
            
           
         
         
         
         
         
         
  
  
  
  
  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
         
         
         
           
         
  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
       
       
       
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
       
     
     
  
  
  
  
  
          
          
          
          
          
          
          
          
          
          
          
          
          
          
          
         
         
         
         
         
 
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION  
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

The  following  is  a  discussion  of  our  financial  position  and  results  of  operations  and  should  be  read  in 
conjunction with the information set forth under Item 1A Risk Factors in the Company’s annual report on Form 
10-K and the Company’s consolidated financial statements and notes thereto on pages A-24  through A-67. 

Introduction 

Management’s discussion and analysis of earnings and related data are presented to assist in understanding 
the  consolidated  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations  of  Peoples  Bancorp  of  North  Carolina,  Inc. 
(“Bancorp”),  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2016,  2015  and  2014.    Bancorp  is  a  registered  bank  holding 
company  operating  under  the  supervision  of  the  Federal  Reserve  Board  (the  “FRB”)  and  the  parent  company  of 
Peoples  Bank  (the  “Bank”).  The  Bank  is  a  North  Carolina-chartered  bank,  with  offices  in  Catawba,  Lincoln, 
Alexander, Mecklenburg, Iredell, Union, Wake, Durham and Forsyth counties, operating under the banking laws of 
North Carolina and the rules and regulations of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”). 

Overview 

Our business consists principally of attracting deposits from the general public and investing these funds in 
commercial loans, real estate  mortgage loans, real estate construction loans and consumer loans.  Our profitability 
depends primarily on our net interest income, which is the difference between the income we receive on our loan 
and investment securities portfolios and our cost of funds, which consists of interest paid on deposits and borrowed 
funds. Net interest income also is affected by the relative amounts of our interest-earning assets and interest-bearing 
liabilities.  When  interest-earning  assets  approximate  or  exceed  interest-bearing  liabilities,  a  positive  interest  rate 
spread will generate net interest income. Our profitability is also affected by the level of other income and operating 
expenses. Other income consists primarily of miscellaneous fees related to our loans and deposits, mortgage banking 
income and commissions from sales of annuities and mutual funds. Operating expenses consist of compensation and 
benefits,  occupancy  related  expenses,  federal  deposit  and  other  insurance  premiums,  data  processing,  advertising 
and other expenses. 

Our  operations  are  influenced  significantly  by  local  economic  conditions  and  by  policies  of  financial 
institution regulatory authorities. The earnings on our assets are influenced by the effects of, and changes in, trade, 
monetary  and  fiscal  policies  and  laws,  including  interest  rate  policies  of  the  Board  of  Governors  of  the  Federal 
Reserve  System  (the  “Federal  Reserve”),  inflation,  interest  rates,  market  and  monetary  fluctuations.    Lending 
activities  are  affected  by  the  demand  for  commercial  and  other  types  of  loans,  which  in  turn  is  affected  by  the 
interest rates at which such financing may be offered.  Our cost of funds is influenced by interest rates on competing 
investments and by rates offered on similar investments by competing financial institutions in our market area, as 
well  as  general  market  interest  rates.  These  factors  can  cause  fluctuations  in  our  net  interest  income  and  other 
income.  In  addition,  local  economic  conditions  can  impact  the  credit  risk  of  our  loan  portfolio,  in  that  (1)  local 
employers may be required to eliminate employment positions of individual borrowers, and (2) small businesses and 
commercial  borrowers  may  experience  a  downturn  in  their  operating  performance  and  become  unable  to  make 
timely payments on their loans. Management evaluates these factors in estimating the allowance for loan losses and 
changes in these economic factors could result in increases or decreases to the provision for loan losses.  

Current economic conditions, while not as robust as those experienced in the pre-crisis period from 2004 to 
2007,  have  stabilized  such  that  businesses  in  our  market  area  are  growing  and  investing  again.    The  uncertainty 
expressed  in  the  local,  national  and  in  international  markets  through  the  primary  economic  indicators  of  activity, 
however, continues to limit the level of activity in our markets. 

Although  we  are  unable  to  control  the  external  factors  that  influence  our  business,  by  maintaining  high 
levels of balance sheet liquidity, managing our interest rate exposures and by actively monitoring asset quality, we 
seek to minimize the potentially adverse risks of unforeseen and unfavorable economic trends. 

Our  business  emphasis  has  been  and  continues  to  be  to  operate  as  a  well-capitalized,  profitable  and 
independent  community-oriented  financial  institution  dedicated  to  providing  quality  customer  service.  We  are 
committed to meeting the financial needs of the communities in which we operate. We expect growth to be achieved 
in  our  local  markets  and  through  expansion  opportunities  in  contiguous  or  nearby  markets.    While  we  would  be 
willing  to  consider  growth  by  acquisition  in  certain  circumstances,  we  do  not  consider  the  acquisition  of  another 
company to be necessary for our continued ability to provide a reasonable return to our shareholders.  We believe 
that  we  can  be  more  effective  in  serving  our  customers  than  many  of  our  non-local  competitors  because  of  our 
ability to quickly and effectively provide senior management responses to customer needs and inquiries. Our ability 
to provide these services is enhanced by the stability and experience of our Bank officers and managers. 

A-4 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Federal Reserve maintained the Federal Funds rate at 0.25% from December 2008 to December 2015 
before increasing the Fed Funds rate to 0.50% on December 16, 2015 and to 0.75% on December 14, 2016.  This 
continued  period  of  very  low  interest  rates  has  presented  a  challenge  to  the  Company  to  maintain  its  net  interest 
margin as loan rates fell and remained low, primarily because of competition for credit worthy customers.  The cost 
of deposits has also  fallen but has reached the point  where there is  little room left to reduce this cost.  While the 
0.25% Fed Funds rate increases in December 2015 and December 2016 will be helpful, the negative impact of such 
low interest rates will remain until the Fed Funds rate increases to levels approaching historical norms. 

The  Company  does  not  have  specific  plans  for  additional  offices  in  2017  but  will  continue  to  look  for 

growth opportunities in nearby markets and may expand if considered a worthwhile opportunity. 

On  August  31,  2015,  the  FDIC  and  the  North  Carolina  Office  of  the  Commissioner  of  Banks 
(“Commissioner”) issued a Consent Order (the “Order”) in connection with compliance by the Bank with the Bank 
Secrecy  Act  and  its  implementing  regulations  (collectively,  the  “BSA”).    The  Order  was  issued  pursuant  to  the 
consent  of  the  Bank.    In  consenting  to  the  issuance  of  the  Order,  the  Bank  did  not  admit  or  deny  any  unsafe  or 
unsound banking practices or violations of law or regulation.   

The  Order  requires  the  Bank  to  take  certain  affirmative  actions  to  comply  with  its  obligations  under  the 
BSA,  including,  without  limitation,  strengthening  its  Board  of  Directors’  oversight  of  BSA  activities;  reviewing, 
enhancing,  adopting  and  implementing  a  revised  BSA  compliance  program;  completing  a  BSA  risk  assessment; 
developing a revised system  of internal controls designed to ensure  full compliance  with the BSA; reviewing and 
revising customer due diligence and risk assessment processes, policies and procedures; developing, adopting and 
implementing  effective  BSA  training  programs;  assessing  BSA  staffing  needs  and  resources  and  appointing  a 
qualified BSA officer; establishing an independent BSA testing program; ensuring that  all reports required by the 
BSA  are  accurately  and  properly  filed  and  engaging  an  independent  firm  to  review  past  account  activity  to 
determine whether suspicious activity was properly identified and reported.   

Prior  to  implementation,  certain  of  the  actions  described  above  are  subject  to  review  by  and  approval  or 
non-objection from the FDIC and the Commissioner.  The Order will remain in effect and be enforceable until it is 
modified, terminated, suspended or set aside by the FDIC and the Commissioner. 

The  Bank  continues  to  make  progress  in  addressing  the  issues  identified  in  the  Order  and  expects  that  it 
will be able to undertake and implement all required actions within the time period specified in the Order.  The Bank 
has  incurred  and  will  continue  to  incur  additional  non-interest  expenses  associated  with  the  implementation  of 
corrective actions; however, these expenses are not expected to have a significant impact on the results of operations 
or financial position of the Bank or Bancorp.  Operating under the Order will limit the Bank’s and Bancorp’s ability 
to participate in acquisitions, to open new branches, and to allocate funds to Bancorp’s stock repurchase plan until 
such time as the Order has been modified, terminated, suspended or set aside by the FDIC and the Commissioner. 

Summary of Significant and Critical Accounting Policies  

The  consolidated  financial  statements  include  the  financial  statements  of  Bancorp  and  its  wholly  owned 
subsidiary,  the  Bank,  along  with  the  Bank’s  wholly  owned  subsidiaries,  Peoples  Investment  Services,  Inc.,  Real 
Estate Advisory Services, Inc. (“REAS”), Community Bank Real Estate Solutions, LLC (“CBRES”) and PB Real 
Estate Holdings, LLC (collectively called the “Company”).  All significant intercompany balances and transactions 
have been eliminated in consolidation.  CBRES was moved from a wholly owned subsidiary of Bancorp  to a wholly 
owned subsidiary of the Bank effective August 31, 2016. 

The  Company’s  accounting  policies  are  fundamental  to  understanding  management’s  discussion  and 
analysis  of  results  of  operations  and  financial  condition.    Many  of  the  Company’s  accounting  policies  require 
significant  judgment  regarding  valuation  of  assets  and  liabilities  and/or  significant  interpretation  of  specific 
accounting guidance.  The following is a summary of some of the more subjective and complex accounting policies 
of the  Company.   A  more complete description of the  Company’s significant accounting policies can be  found in 
Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in the  Company’s 2016  Annual Report to Shareholders 
which is Appendix A to the Proxy Statement for the May 4, 2017 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.   

The allowance for loan losses reflects management’s assessment and estimate of the risks associated with 
extending  credit  and  its  evaluation  of  the  quality  of  the  loan  portfolio.    The  Bank  periodically  analyzes  the  loan 
portfolio in an effort to review asset quality and to establish an allowance for loan losses that management believes 
will be adequate in light of anticipated risks and loan losses.   

A-5 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Many of the Company’s assets and liabilities are recorded using various techniques that require significant 
judgment  as  to  recoverability.    The  collectability  of  loans  is  reflected  through  the  Company’s  estimate  of  the 
allowance for loan losses.  The Company performs periodic and systematic detailed reviews of its lending portfolio 
to assess overall collectability.  In addition, certain assets and liabilities are reflected at their estimated fair value in 
the consolidated financial statements.  Such amounts are based on either quoted market prices or estimated values 
derived from dealer quotes used by the Company, market comparisons or internally generated modeling techniques.  
The Company’s internal  models generally involve present value of cash  flow techniques.  The various techniques 
are discussed in greater detail elsewhere in this management’s discussion and analysis and the Notes to Consolidated 
Financial Statements. 

There are other complex accounting standards that require the Company to employ significant judgment in 
interpreting and applying certain of the principles prescribed by those standards.  These judgments include, but are 
not  limited  to,  the  determination  of  whether  a  financial  instrument  or  other  contract  meets  the  definition  of  a 
derivative in accordance with U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”).  

The disclosure requirements for derivatives and hedging activities are intended to provide users of financial 
statements  with  an  enhanced  understanding  of:  (a)  how  and  why  an  entity  uses  derivative  instruments,  (b)  how 
derivative  instruments  and  related  hedged  items  are  accounted  for  and  (c)  how  derivative  instruments  and  related 
hedged  items  affect  an  entity’s  financial  position,  financial  performance,  and  cash  flows.  The  disclosure 
requirements  include  qualitative  disclosures  about  objectives  and  strategies  for  using  derivatives,  quantitative 
disclosures about the fair value of, and gains and losses, on derivative instruments, and disclosures about credit-risk-
related contingent features in derivative instruments. 

The Company has an overall interest rate risk management strategy that has, in prior years, incorporated the 
use of derivative instruments to minimize significant unplanned fluctuations in earnings that are caused by interest 
rate  volatility.    When  using  derivative  instruments,  the  Company  is  exposed  to  credit  and  market  risk.    If  the 
counterparty fails to perform, credit risk is equal to the extent of the fair-value gain in the derivative.  The Company 
minimized the credit risk in derivative instruments by entering into transactions with high-quality counterparties that 
were reviewed periodically by the Company. The Company did not have any interest rate derivatives outstanding as 
of December 31, 2016 or 2015. 

Management  of  the  Company  has  made  a  number  of  estimates  and  assumptions  relating  to  reporting  of 
assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities to prepare the accompanying consolidated 
financial statements in conformity with GAAP.  Actual results could differ from those estimates.  

Results of Operations 

Summary.  The Company reported earnings of $9.2 million or $1.68 basic net earnings per share and $1.65 
diluted net earnings per share, as compared to $9.6 million or $1.73 basic net earnings per share and $1.72 diluted 
net  earnings  per  share  for  the  same  period  one  year  ago.    The  decrease  in  year-to-date  net  earnings  is  primarily 
attributable to an increase in non-interest expense, which was partially offset by an increase in net interest income, 
an increase in the credit to the provision for loan losses and an increase in non-interest income, as discussed below.   

The Company reported earnings of $9.6 million, or $1.73 basic net earnings per share and $1.72 diluted net 
earnings per share for the year ended December 31, 2015, as compared to $9.4 million, or $1.67 basic net earnings 
per share and $1.66 diluted net earnings per share for the year ended December 31, 2014.  The increase in year-to-
date earnings is primarily attributable to an increase in net interest income and an increase in non-interest income, 
which were partially offset by a decrease in the credit to the provision for loan losses and an increase in non-interest 
expense, as discussed below.   

The  return  on  average  assets  in  2016  was  0.85%,  compared  to  0.93%  in  2015  and  0.91%  in  2014.  The 

return on average shareholders’ equity was 8.11% in 2016 compared to 9.03% in 2015 and 9.69% in 2014.   

Net  Interest  Income.    Net  interest  income,  the  major  component  of  the  Company’s  net  income,  is  the 
amount by which interest and fees generated by interest-earning assets exceed the total cost of funds used to carry 
them.    Net  interest  income  is  affected  by  changes  in  the  volume  and  mix  of  interest-earning  assets  and  interest-
bearing  liabilities,  as  well  as  changes  in  the  yields  earned  and  rates  paid.    Net  interest  margin  is  calculated  by 
dividing  tax-equivalent  net  interest  income  by  average  interest-earning  assets,  and  represents  the  Company’s  net 
yield on its interest-earning assets.  

A-6 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net  interest  income  for  2016  was  $36.5  million  compared  to  $35.2  million  in  2015.  The  increase  in  net 
interest income was primarily due to a $1.1 million increase in interest income, which was primarily attributable to 
an increase in the average outstanding balance of loans and a 0.25% increase in the prime rate in December 2015, 
combined  with  a  $213,000  decrease  in  interest  expense,  which  was  primarily  attributable  to  a  decrease  in  the 
average outstanding balance of time deposits and Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) borrowings during the year 
ended  December  31,  2016,  as  compared  to  the  year  ended  December  31,  2015.    Net  interest  income  increased  to 
$35.2 million in 2015 from $34.8 million in 2014.   

Table  1  sets  forth  for  each  category  of  interest-earning  assets  and  interest-bearing  liabilities,  the  average 
amounts  outstanding,  the  interest  incurred  on  such  amounts  and  the  average  rate  earned  or  incurred  for  the  years 
ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014. The table also sets forth the average rate earned on total interest-earning 
assets,  the average rate paid on total interest-bearing liabilities, and the  net  yield on total average  interest-earning 
assets for the same periods.  Yield information does not give effect to changes in fair value that are reflected as a 
component of shareholders’ equity.  Yields and interest income on tax-exempt investments have been adjusted to a 
tax equivalent basis using an effective tax rate of 36.64% for securities that are both federal and state tax exempt and 
an effective tax rate of 32.64% for federal tax exempt securities.  Non-accrual loans and the interest income that was 
recorded on non-accrual loans, if any, are included in the yield calculations for loans in all periods reported. 

Table 1- Average Balance Table

(Dollars in thousands)
Interest-earning assets:
Interest and fees on loans
Investments - taxable
Investments - nontaxable*
Other

December 31, 2016

December 31, 2015

December 31, 2014

Average 
Balance

Interest 

Yield / 
Rate

Average 
Balance

Interest 

Yield / 
Rate

Average 
Balance

Interest 

Yield / 
Rate

$     

703,484
78,575
178,379
24,798

32,452
1,925
7,577
123

4.61%
2.45%
4.25%
0.50%

669,628
89,998
181,382
11,243

31,098
2,240
7,634
26

4.64%
2.49%
4.21%
0.23%

631,025
120,038
172,662
25,812

30,305
2,840
7,561
65

4.80%
2.37%
4.38%
0.25%

Total interest-earning assets

985,236

42,077

4.27%

952,251

40,998

4.31%

949,537

40,771

4.29%

Cash and due from banks
Other assets 
Allowance for loan losses

Total assets

44,732
59,537
(8,884)

$  

1,080,621

42,483
59,222
(10,678)

1,043,278

47,614
56,571
(12,905)

1,040,817

Interest-bearing liabilities:

NOW, MMDA & savings deposits
Time deposits
FHLB borrowings
Trust preferred securities
Other

$     

447,582
150,641
42,903
20,619
43,546

495
586
1,661
485
44

0.11%
0.39%
3.87%
2.35%
0.10%

418,358
173,622
49,840
20,619
45,172

432
870
1,735
402
45

0.10%
0.50%
3.48%
1.95%
0.10%

392,822
208,194
63,712
20,619
46,439

499
1,188
2,166
389
45

0.13%
0.57%
3.40%
1.89%
0.10%

Total interest-bearing liabilities

705,291

3,271

0.46%

707,611

3,484

0.49%

731,786

4,287

0.59%

Demand deposits
Other liabilities
Shareholders' equity 

258,091
4,043
113,196

Total liabilities and shareholder's equity

$  

1,080,621

224,648
4,375
106,644

1,043,278

207,383
4,771
96,877

1,040,817

Net interest spread

$   

38,806

3.81%

$   

37,514

3.82%

36,484

3.70%

Net yield on interest-earning assets

3.94%

3.94%

3.84%

Taxable equivalent adjustment
        Investment securities

Net interest income

$     

2,268

$   

36,538

$     

2,332

$   

35,182

2,351

34,133

*Includes U.S. Government agency securities that are non-taxable for state income tax purposes of $38.7 million in 2016, $37.3 million in 2015 and $26.0 
million in 2014.  The tax rates of 4.00%, 5.00% and 6.00% were used to calculate the tax equivalent yields on these securities in 2016, 2015 and 2014, 
respectively.

Changes in interest income and interest expense can result from variances in both volume and rates.  Table 
2  describes  the  impact  on  the  Company’s  tax  equivalent  net  interest  income  resulting  from  changes  in  average 
balances and average rates for the periods indicated.  The changes in interest due to both volume and rate have been 
allocated to volume and rate changes in proportion to the relationship of the absolute dollar amounts of the changes 
in each. 

A-7 

 
 
 
 
     
       
     
     
     
       
     
       
     
     
     
    
  
       
     
       
       
       
       
     
       
    
  
     
       
     
 
 
Table 2 - Rate/Volume Variance Analysis-Tax Equivalent Basis

(Dollars in thousands)
Interest income:
Loans: Net of unearned income

Investments - taxable
Investments - nontaxable
Other
Total interest income

Interest expense:
NOW, MMDA & savings deposits
Time deposits
FHLB / FRB Borrowings
Trust Preferred Securities
Other 
Total interest expense
Net interest income

December 31, 2016

December 31, 2015

Changes 
in average 
volume

Changes in 
average 
rates

Total 
Increase 
(Decrease)

Changes 
in average 
volume

Changes in 
average 
rates

Total 
Increase 
(Decrease)

$     

1,566

(282)
(127)
50
1,207

31
(103)
(255)
-
(1)
(328)
1,535

$     

(212)

(33)
70
47
(128)

32
(181)
181
83
0
115
(243)

1,354

1,823

(1,031)

(315)
(57)
97
1,079

63
(284)
(74)
83
(1)
(213)
1,292

(729)
375
(35)
1,434

29
(185)
(477)
0
(1)
(634)
2,068

129
(302)
(4)
(1,208)

(96)
(133)
46
13
1
(169)
(1,039)

792

(600)
73
(39)
226

(67)
(318)
(431)
13
-
(803)
1,029

Net interest income on a tax equivalent basis totaled $38.8 million in 2016 as compared to $37.5 million in 
2015.    The  interest  rate  spread,  which  represents  the  rate  earned  on  interest-earning  assets  less  the  rate  paid  on 
interest-bearing liabilities, was 3.81% in 2016, as compared to a net interest spread of 3.82% in 2015.  The net yield 
on interest-earning assets was 3.94% in 2016 and 2015. 

Tax  equivalent  interest  income  increased  $1.1  million  in  2016  primarily  due  to  an  increase  in  interest 
income resulting from an increase in the average outstanding principal balance of loans, which was partially offset 
by  a  decrease  in  the  average  outstanding  balance  of  investment  securities.    The  average  outstanding  principal 
balance  of  loans  increased  $33.9  million  to  $703.5  million  in  2016  compared  to  $669.6  million  in  2015.    The 
average outstanding balance of investment securities decreased $14.4 million to $257.0 million in 2016 compared to 
$271.4 million in 2015.  The yield on interest-earning assets was 4.27% in 2016 compared to 4.31% in 2015.   

Interest  expense  decreased  $213,000  in  2016  compared  to  2015.    The  decrease  in  interest  expense  is 
primarily  due  to  a  decrease  in  the  average  outstanding  balance  of  FHLB  borrowings  and  time  deposits.    Average 
interest-bearing liabilities decreased by $2.3 million to $705.3 million in 2016 compared to $707.6 million in 2015.  
The cost of funds decreased to 0.46% in 2016 from 0.49% in 2015.   

In 2015 net interest income on a tax equivalent basis was $37.5 million compared to $36.5 million in 2014.  
The net interest spread was 3.82% in 2015 compared to 3.70% in 2014.  The net yield on interest-earning assets in 
2015 increased to 3.94% from the 2014 net yield on interest-earning assets of 3.84%. 

Provision  for  Loan  Losses.    Provisions  for  loan  losses  are  charged  to  income  in  order  to  bring  the  total 
allowance for loan losses to a level deemed appropriate by management of the Company based on factors such as 
management’s  judgment  as  to  losses  within  the  Bank’s  loan  portfolio,  including  the  valuation  of  impaired  loans, 
loan  growth,  net  charge-offs,  changes  in  the  composition  of  the  loan  portfolio,  delinquencies  and  management’s 
assessment of the quality of the loan portfolio and general economic climate. 

The  provision  for  loan  losses  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2016  was  a  credit  of  $1.2  million,  as 
compared to a credit of $17,000 for the year ended December 31, 2015.  The credits to provision for loan losses for 
the  years  ended  December  31,  2016,  2015  and  2014  resulted  from,  and  were  considered  appropriate  as  part  of, 
management’s  assessment  and  estimate  of  the  risks  in  the  total  loan  portfolio  and  determination  of  the  total 
allowance  for  loan  losses.    The  primary  factors  contributing  to  the  decrease  in  the  allowance  for  loan  losses  at 
December 31, 2016 to $7.6 million from $9.6 million at December 31, 2015 were the continuing positive trends in 
indicators of potential losses on loans, primarily non-accrual loans and the reduction in net charge-offs since 2012, 
as shown in Table 3 below:   

A-8 

 
 
            
               
               
                 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table 3 - Net Charge-off Analysis

(Dollars in thousands)
Real estate loans

Construction and land development
Single-family residential
Single-family residential - 

Banco de la Gente stated income

Commercial
Multifamily and farmland
Total real estate loans

Loans not secured by real estate

Commercial loans 
Farm loans 
Consumer loans (1)
All other loans 
Total loans

Net charge-offs

Net charge-offs/(recoveries) as a 
percent of average loans 

2016

Years ended December 31,
2015
2013
2014

2012

2016

Years ended December 31,
2014

2013

2015

2012

$          

(3)
220

-
299
-
516

(25)
-
342
-
$        
833

153
584

95
308
-
1,140

(64)
-
400
-
1,476

456
237

174
119
-
986

376
-
358
-
1,720

400
1,613

131
395
-
2,539

458
-
509
-
3,506

4,200
814

(0.01%)

0.25% 0.78% 0.58% 4.99%
0.09% 0.27% 0.12% 0.82% 0.39%

668
563
-
6,245

451
-
409
-
7,105

0.00% 0.21% 0.36% 0.26% 1.25%
0.12% 0.13% 0.05% 0.20% 0.27%
0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%
0.09% 0.20% 0.18% 0.48% 1.12%

(0.03%) (0.07%)

0.53% 0.73% 0.75%
0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%
3.38% 4.00% 3.63% 5.27% 4.00%
0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%
0.12% 0.22% 0.27% 0.57% 1.10%

(Reduction of) provision for loan losses

for the period

$   

(1,206)

(17)

(699)

2,584

4,924

Allowance for loan losses at end of period

$     

7,550

9,589

11,082

13,501

14,423

Total loans at end of period

$ 

723,811

689,091

651,891

620,960

619,974

Non-accrual loans at end of period

$     

3,825

8,432

10,728

13,836

17,630

Allowance for loan losses as a percent of 
total loans outstanding at end of period

Non-accrual loans as a percent of

1.04%

1.39%

1.70%

2.17%

2.33%

total loans outstanding at end of period

0.53%

1.22%

1.65%

2.23%

2.84%

(1) The loss ratio for consumer loans is elevated because overdraft charge-offs related to DDA and NOW accounts are reported in consumer loan 
charge-offs and recoveries.  The net overdraft charge-offs are not considered material and are therefore not shown separately.

Another factor considered in taking a credit to provision expense in the years ended December 31, 2016, 
2015 and 2014 was the decline in the construction and land development portfolio.  This portfolio experienced the 
highest  percentage  of  loss  in  2012  as  shown  in  Table  3  above.    The  balance  outstanding  was  $61.7  million  at 
December 31, 2016 and $65.8 million at December 31, 2015, compared to the maximum balance of $213.7 million 
at  December  31,  2008.    Please  see  the  section  below  entitled  “Allowance  for  Loan  Losses”  for  a  more  complete 
discussion of the Bank’s policy for addressing potential loan losses. 

Non-Interest  Income.    Non-interest  income  was  $14.0  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2016, 
compared to $13.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2015.  The increase in non-interest income is primarily 
attributable to $729,000 in gains on the sale of securities during the year ended December 31, 2016 and a $298,000 
increase  in  mortgage  banking  income  during  the  year  ended  December  31,  2016,  as  compared  to  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2015. 

Non-interest income was $13.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, compared to $12.2 million for 
the year ended December 31, 2014.  The increase in non-interest income is primarily attributable to a $867,000 change 
in gain/(loss) on sales and write-downs of other real estate, a $671,000 increase in miscellaneous non-interest income 
and a $326,000 increase in mortgage banking income, which were partially offset by a $463,000 decrease in service 
charges and fees.  The $671,000 increase in miscellaneous non-interest income is primarily due to a $282,000 increase 
in debit card income for the year ended December 31, 2015, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2014, and 
$263,000 in net MasterCard debit card incentives recognized in the fourth quarter of 2015. 

 The Company periodically evaluates its investments for any impairment which would be deemed other-than-

temporary.   No investment impairments were deemed other-than-temporary in 2016, 2015 or 2014.   

Table  4  presents  a  summary  of  non-interest  income  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2016,  2015  and 

2014. 

A-9 

 
 
          
        
        
     
          
          
        
     
        
          
            
        
        
        
          
          
        
        
        
          
          
         
         
         
          
       
        
     
     
          
          
         
         
         
          
          
        
        
        
          
          
         
         
         
          
          
        
        
        
          
          
         
         
         
       
     
     
     
          
       
     
     
       
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
       
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table 4 - Non-Interest Income

(Dollars in thousands)
Service charges
Other service charges and fees
Gain on sale of securities
Mortgage banking income
Insurance and brokerage commissions
Gain/(loss) on sale and write-down of other real estate
Visa debit card income
Net appraisal management fee income
Miscellaneous
Total non-interest income

2016
$              

4,497
890
729
1,428
632
64
3,589
886
1,261
13,976

$            

2015

2014

4,647
931
-
1,130
714
245
3,452
635
1,558
13,312

4,961
1,080
266
804
701
(622)
3,170
525
1,279
12,164

Non-Interest Expense.  Non-interest expense was $40.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, as 
compared to $35.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2015.  The increase in non-interest expense included: 
(1) a $979,000 increase in salaries and benefits expense resulting primarily from an increase in the number of full-
time equivalent employees, salary increases and an increase in compensation expense for restricted stock units, (2) a 
$971,000 increase in professional fees primarily due to a $1.2 million increase in consulting fees due to expenses 
associated with the Order issued in August 2015, (3) a $477,000 increase in occupancy expense primarily due to a 
$588,000 increase in equipment maintenance expense and (4) a $1.5 million increase in non-interest expenses other 
than salary, employee benefits and occupancy expenses primarily due to a $756,000 increase in penalties associated 
with the prepayment of FHLB borrowings during the year ended December 31, 2016, as compared to the year ended 
December 31, 2015.    

Non-interest  expense  was  $35.8  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2015,  as  compared  to  $35.8 
million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2014.    Salaries  and  benefits  expense  increased  by  $755,000  resulting 
primarily from an increase in the number of full-time equivalent employees and annual salary increases, and such 
increase was offset by a $757,000 decrease in other non-interest expenses during the year ended December 31, 2015, 
as compared to the year ended December 31, 2014.  The decrease in other non-interest expenses is primarily due to 
$870,000  amortization  expense  incurred  during  2014  that  was  associated  with  North  Carolina  income  tax  credits 
purchased in 2014. 

Table  5  presents  a  summary  of  non-interest  expense  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2016,  2015  and 

2014. 

Table 5 - Non-Interest Expense

(Dollars in thousands)
Salaries and employee benefits
Occupancy expense
Office supplies
FDIC deposit insurance
Visa debit card expense
Professional services
Postage
Telephone
Director fees and expense
Advertising
Consulting fees
Taxes and licenses
Foreclosure/OREO expense
Internet banking expense
FHLB advance prepayment penalty
Other operating expense
Total non-interest expense

2016

2015

2014

$             

19,264
6,765
465
494
1,141
182
224
754
326
1,136
2,257
272
120
710
1,260
4,612
39,982

$             

18,285
6,288
422
681
988
564
249
588
304
784
904
301
398
671
504
3,847
35,778

17,530
6,251
448
739
905
798
280
574
237
804
609
301
317
644
869
4,365
35,671

Income Taxes.  The Company reported income tax expense of $2.6 million, $3.1 million and $1.9 million 
for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2016,  2015  and  2014,  respectively.    The  Company’s  effective  tax  rates  were 
21.82%,  24.35%  and  17.10%  in  2016,  2015  and  2014,  respectively.    The  lower  effective  tax  rate  for  2014  is 
primarily due to North Carolina income tax credits purchased during 2014. 

A-10 

 
 
                
                
                   
                   
                
                   
                        
                   
                
                
                   
                   
                   
                   
                     
                   
                  
                
                
                
                   
                   
                   
                
                
                
              
              
 
 
 
 
               
               
                 
                 
                 
                    
                    
                    
                    
                    
                    
                 
                    
                    
                    
                    
                    
                    
                    
                    
                    
                    
                    
                    
                    
                    
                 
                    
                    
                 
                    
                    
                    
                    
                    
                    
                    
                    
                    
                    
                    
                 
                    
                    
                 
                 
                 
               
               
 
Liquidity. The objectives of the Company’s liquidity policy are to provide for the availability of adequate 
funds  to  meet  the  needs  of  loan  demand,  deposit  withdrawals,  maturing  liabilities  and  to  satisfy  regulatory 
requirements.    Both  deposit  and  loan  customer  cash  needs  can  fluctuate  significantly  depending  upon  business 
cycles, economic conditions and yields and returns available from alternative investment opportunities.  In addition, 
the Company’s liquidity is affected by off-balance sheet commitments to lend in the form of unfunded commitments 
to  extend  credit  and  standby  letters  of  credit.    As  of  December  31,  2016,  such  unfunded  commitments  to  extend 
credit were $195.5 million, while commitments in the form of standby letters of credit totaled $3.7 million.   

The Company uses several funding sources to meet its liquidity requirements.  The primary funding source 
is  core  deposits,  which  includes  demand  deposits,  savings  accounts  and  non-brokered  certificates  of  deposits  of 
denominations less than $250,000.  The Company considers these to be a stable portion of the Company’s liability 
mix  and  the  result  of  on-going  consumer  and  commercial  banking  relationships.    As  of  December  31,  2016,  the 
Company’s core deposits totaled $865.4 million, or 97% of total deposits. 

The  other  sources  of  funding  for  the  Company  are  through  large  denomination  certificates  of  deposit, 
including  brokered  deposits,  federal  funds  purchased,  securities  under  agreement  to  repurchase  and  FHLB 
borrowings.  The Bank is also able to borrow from the FRB on a short-term basis.  The Bank’s policies include the 
ability  to  access  wholesale  funding  up  to  40%  of  total  assets.    The  Bank’s  wholesale  funding  includes  FHLB 
borrowings,  FRB  borrowings,  brokered  deposits  and  internet  certificates  of  deposit.    The  Company’s  ratio  of 
wholesale funding to total assets was 2.50% as of December 31, 2016.  

At December 31, 2016, the Bank had a significant amount of deposits in amounts greater than $250,000.  
Brokered  deposits,  of  $7.2  million  at  December  31,  2016,  are  comprised  of  certificates  of  deposit  participated 
through the Certificate of Deposit Account Registry Service (“CDARS”) on behalf of local customers.  The balance 
and cost of brokered deposits are more susceptible to changes in the interest rate environment than other deposits.   
Access to the brokered deposit market could be restricted if the Bank were to fall below the well capitalized level.  
For additional information, please see the section below entitled “Deposits.”   

The Bank has a line of credit with the FHLB equal to 20% of the Bank’s total assets, with an outstanding 
balance  of  $20.0  million  at  December  31,  2016.    At  December  31,  2016,  the  carrying  value  of  loans  pledged  as 
collateral totaled approximately $128.3 million.  The remaining availability under the line of credit with the FHLB 
was $66.8 million at December 31, 2016.  The Bank had no borrowings from the FRB at December 31, 2016.  The 
FRB borrowings are collateralized by a blanket assignment on all qualifying loans that the Bank owns which are not 
pledged to the FHLB.  At December 31, 2016, the carrying value of loans pledged as collateral to the FRB totaled 
approximately $374.5 million.   

The  Bank  also  had  the  ability  to  borrow  up  to  $59.5  million  for  the  purchase  of  overnight  federal  funds 

from five correspondent financial institutions as of December 31, 2016. 

The liquidity ratio for the Bank, which is defined as net cash, interest-bearing deposits with banks, federal 
funds sold and certain investment securities, as a percentage of net deposits and short-term liabilities was 24.78%, 
26.10%, and 31.76% at December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.  The minimum required liquidity ratio as 
defined in the Bank’s Asset/Liability and Interest Rate Risk Management Policy for on balance sheet liquidity was 
10% at December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014.   

As disclosed in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows included elsewhere herein, net cash 
provided by operating activities was approximately $12.2 million during 2016.  Net cash used in investing activities 
was $23.6 million during 2016 and net cash provided by financing activities was $41.7 million during 2016. 

Asset Liability and Interest Rate Risk Management.  The objective of the Company’s Asset Liability and 
Interest Rate Risk strategies is to identify and manage the sensitivity of net interest income to changing interest rates 
and  to  minimize  the  interest  rate  risk  between  interest-earning  assets  and  interest-bearing  liabilities  at  various 
maturities.    This  is  done  in  conjunction  with  the  need  to  maintain  adequate  liquidity  and  the  overall  goal  of 
maximizing net interest income. Table 6 presents an interest rate sensitivity analysis for the interest-earning assets 
and interest-bearing liabilities for the year ended December 31, 2016. 

A-11 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table 6 - Interest Sensitivity Analysis

(Dollars in thousands)
Interest-earning assets:
Loans
Mortgage loans held for  sale
Investment securities available for sale
Interest-bearing deposit accounts
Other interest-earning assets
Total interest-earning assets

Interest-bearing liabilities:
NOW, savings, and money market deposits
Time deposits
FHLB borrowings
Securities sold under

agreement to repurchase

Trust preferred securities
Total interest-bearing liabilities

Immediate

$     

307,490
5,709
-
16,481
-
329,680

477,054
15,313
-

36,434
-
528,801

1-3 
months

4-12 
months

Total 
Within One 
Year

Over One 
Year & Non-
sensitive

22,764
-
6,602
-
-
29,366

-
17,946
20,000

-
20,619
58,565

15,584
-
14,625
-
-
30,209

-
53,558
-

-
-
53,558

345,838
5,709
21,227
16,481
-
389,255

477,054
86,817
20,000

36,434
20,619
640,924

377,973
-
228,719
-
3,254
609,946

-
57,196
-

-
-
57,196

Total

723,811
5,709
249,946
16,481
3,254
999,201

477,054
144,013
20,000

36,434
20,619
698,120

Interest-sensitive gap

$    

(199,121)

(29,199)

(23,349)

(251,669)

552,750

301,081

Cumulative interest-sensitive gap

$    

(199,121)

(228,320)

(251,669)

(251,669)

301,081

Interest-earning assets as a percentage of 
interest-bearing liabilities

62.34%

50.14%

56.40%

60.73%

1066.41%

The  Company  manages  its  exposure  to  fluctuations  in  interest  rates  through  policies  established  by  the 
Asset/Liability  Committee  (“ALCO”)  of  the  Bank.    The  ALCO  meets  quarterly  and  has  the  responsibility  for 
approving  asset/liability  management  policies,  formulating  and  implementing  strategies  to  improve  balance  sheet 
positioning  and/or  earnings  and  reviewing  the  interest  rate  sensitivity  of  the  Company.    ALCO  tries  to  minimize 
interest  rate  risk  between  interest-earning  assets  and  interest-bearing  liabilities  by  attempting  to  minimize  wide 
fluctuations  in  net  interest  income  due  to  interest  rate  movements.    The  ability  to  control  these  fluctuations  has  a 
direct  impact  on  the  profitability  of  the  Company.  Management  monitors  this  activity  on  a  regular  basis  through 
analysis of its portfolios to determine the difference between rate sensitive assets and rate sensitive liabilities. 

The Company’s rate sensitive assets are those earning interest at variable rates and those with contractual 
maturities  within  one  year.    Rate  sensitive  assets  therefore  include  both  loans  and  available  for  sale  (“AFS”) 
securities.    Rate  sensitive  liabilities  include  interest-bearing  checking  accounts,  money  market  deposit  accounts, 
savings accounts, time deposits and borrowed funds.  At December 31, 2016, rate sensitive assets and rate sensitive 
liabilities totaled $999.2 million and $698.1 million, respectively. 

Included in the rate sensitive assets are $288.9 million in variable rate loans indexed to prime rate subject to 
immediate repricing upon changes by the Federal Open Market Committee (“FOMC”).  The Bank utilizes interest 
rate  floors  on  certain  variable  rate  loans  to  protect  against  further  downward  movements  in  the  prime  rate.    At 
December  31,  2016,  the  Bank  had  $182.1  million  in  loans  with  interest  rate  floors.    The  floors  were  in  effect  on 
$108.9 million of these loans pursuant to the terms of the promissory notes on these loans.   The weighted average 
rate on these loans is 0.62% higher than the indexed rate on the promissory notes without interest rate floors. 

An analysis of the Company’s financial condition and growth can be made by examining the changes and 

trends in interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities.  A discussion of these changes and trends follows. 

Analysis of Financial Condition 

Investment  Securities.    The  composition  of  the  investment  securities  portfolio  reflects  the  Company’s 
investment  strategy  of  maintaining  an  appropriate  level  of  liquidity  while  providing  a  relatively  stable  source  of 
income.  The investment portfolio also provides a balance to interest rate risk and credit risk in other categories of 
the balance sheet while providing a vehicle for the investment of available funds, furnishing liquidity, and supplying 
securities to pledge as required collateral for certain deposits. 

All  of  the  Company’s  investment  securities  are  held  in  the  AFS  category.  At  December  31,  2016,  the 
market value of AFS securities totaled $249.9 million, compared to $268.5 million and $281.1 million at December 
31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.  Table 7 presents the fair value of the AFS securities held at December 31, 2016, 
2015 and 2014. 

A-12 

 
 
      
      
       
         
      
           
                
                
           
                    
          
                   
        
      
         
         
      
         
                
                
         
                    
        
                   
                
                
                  
             
          
       
      
      
       
         
      
       
                
                
       
                    
      
         
      
      
         
           
      
               
      
                
         
                    
        
         
                
                
         
                    
        
               
      
                
         
                    
        
       
      
      
       
           
      
     
     
     
         
      
   
   
     
         
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table 7 - Summary of Investment Portfolio

(Dollars in thousands)
U. S. Government sponsored enterprises
State and political subdivisions
Mortgage-backed securities
Corporate bonds 
Trust preferred securities
Equity securities
Total securities

2016
$                

38,222
141,856
67,585
1,533
750
-
249,946

$              

2015

2014

38,417
148,245
77,887
1,906
750
1,325
268,530

34,048
152,246
90,210
2,467
750
1,378
281,099

The  Company’s  investment  portfolio  consists  of  U.S.  Government  sponsored  enterprise  securities, 
municipal  securities,  U.S.  Government  sponsored  enterprise  mortgage-backed  securities,  corporate  bonds,  trust 
preferred securities and equity securities.  AFS securities averaged $252.7 million in 2016, $266.8 million in 2015 
and $287.4 million in 2014.  Table 8 presents the market value of AFS securities held by the Company by maturity 
category at December 31, 2016.   Yield information does not give effect to changes in fair value that are reflected as 
a component of shareholders’ equity.  Yields are calculated on a tax equivalent basis.  Yields and interest income on 
tax-exempt  investments  have  been  adjusted  to  a  tax  equivalent  basis  using  an  effective  tax  rate  of  36.64%  for 
securities  that  are  both  federal  and  state  tax  exempt  and  an  effective  tax  rate  of  32.64%  for  federal  tax  exempt 
securities.   

Table 8 - Maturity Distribution and Weighted Average Yield on Investments

(Dollars in thousands)

Amount 

Yield

Amount 

Yield

Amount 

Yield

Amount 

Yield

Amount 

Yield

One Year or Less

Through 5 Years

Through 10 Years

After 10 Years

Totals

After One Year

After 5 Years

Book value:

U.S. Government

sponsored enterprises

$       

1,381

State and political subdivisions

Mortgage-backed securities

Corporate bonds

Trust preferred securities

Equity securities

Total securities

5,423

12,023

500

-

-

1.88%

3.44%

2.89%

5.58%

-

-

7,644

73,223

26,622

-

-

-

2.13%

3.11%

2.92%

0.00%

-

-

22,553

53,944

13,907

1,000

500

-

2.57%

3.19%

2.85%

1.96%

4.75%

-

6,610

5,242

14,102

-

250

-

$     

19,327

2.91%

107,489

2.90%

91,904

2.82%

26,204

2.41%

3.82%

3.00%

-

8.13%

0.00%

3.33%

38,188

137,832

66,654

1,500

750

-

244,924

1.74%

3.40%

2.81%

1.48%

5.88%

0.00%

2.55%

Loans.    The  loan  portfolio  is  the  largest  category  of  the  Company’s  earning  assets  and  is  comprised  of 
commercial loans, real estate  mortgage loans, real estate construction loans and consumer loans. The Bank grants 
loans and extensions of credit primarily  within the Catawba Valley region of North Carolina,  which encompasses 
Catawba,  Alexander,  Iredell  and  Lincoln  counties  and  also  in  Mecklenburg,  Union,  Wake,  Durham  and  Forsyth 
counties in North Carolina.  

Although  the  Bank  has  a  diversified  loan  portfolio,  a  substantial  portion  of  the  loan  portfolio  is 
collateralized  by  real  estate,  which  is  dependent  upon  the  real  estate  market.    Real  estate  mortgage  loans  include 
both commercial and residential mortgage loans.  At December 31, 2016, the Bank had $115.7 million in residential 
mortgage  loans,  $99.8  million  in  home  equity  loans  and  $330.6  million  in  commercial  mortgage  loans,  which 
include  $266.5  million  using  commercial  property  as  collateral  and  $64.1  million  using  residential  property  as 
collateral.   Residential mortgage loans include $75.5 million made to customers in the Bank’s traditional banking 
offices  and  $40.2  million  in  mortgage  loans  originated  in  the  Bank’s  Banco  de  la  Gente  offices.    All  residential 
mortgage loans are originated as fully amortizing loans, with no negative amortization.  

At December 31, 2016, the Bank had $61.7 million in construction and land development loans.  Table 9 

presents a breakout of these loans. 

A-13 

 
 
                  
                  
                
                
                
                  
                  
                  
                    
                    
                    
                       
                       
                       
                       
                    
                    
                
                
 
 
        
       
        
        
         
      
       
        
      
       
      
       
      
        
            
                
         
                
           
          
                 
            
                
           
            
           
             
                 
            
                
           
                 
              
                
                  
    
       
      
      
 
 
 
 
 
Table 9 - Construction and Land Development Loans

(Dollars in thousands)
Land acquisition and development - commercial purposes
Land acquisition and development - residential purposes
1 to 4 family residential construction
Commercial construction
Total acquisition, development and construction

Number of 
Loans

56
223
92
18
389

Balance 
Outstanding
9,355
$               
24,040
18,218
10,136
61,749

$             

Non-accrual 
Balance

-
22
-
-
22

The mortgage loans originated in the traditional banking offices are generally 15 to 30 year fixed rate loans 
with attributes that prevent the loans from being sellable in the secondary market.  These factors may include higher 
loan-to-value ratio, limited documentation on income, non-conforming appraisal or non-conforming property type.  
These loans are  generally  made to existing Bank customers and have been originated throughout the Bank’s  nine 
county service area, with no geographic concentration.   

Banco  de  la  Gente  single  family  residential  stated  income  loans  originated  from  2005  to  2009  were 
primarily adjustable rate  mortgage loans that adjust annually after the end of the  first  five years of the loan.  The 
loans are tied to the one-year T-Bill index and, if they were to adjust at December 31, 2016, would have a reduction 
in  the  interest  rate  on  the  loan.    The  underwriting  on  these  loans  includes  both  full  income  verification  and  no 
income verification, with loan-to-value ratios of up to 95% without private mortgage insurance.  A majority of these 
loans  would  be  considered  subprime  loans,  as  they  were  underwritten  using  stated  income  rather  than  fully 
documented  income  verification.    No  other  loans  in  the  Bank’s  portfolio  would  be  considered  subprime.    The 
majority of these loans have been originated within the Charlotte, North Carolina metro area (Mecklenburg County).  
Total losses on this portfolio, since the first loans  were originated in 2004,  have amounted to approximately $3.7 
million through December 31, 2016.  

The composition of the Bank’s loan portfolio at December 31 is presented in Table 10. 

Table 10 - Loan Portfolio

(Dollars in thousands)
Real estate loans

Construction and land development
Single-family residential
Single-family residential- Banco de la 

Gente stated income

Commercial
M ultifamily and farmland
Total real estate loans

Loans not secured by real estate

Commercial loans
Farm loans
Consumer loans
All other loans

Total loans

Less: Allowance for loan losses

2016

2015

2014

2013

2012

Amount

% of 
Loans

Amount

% of 
Loans

Amount

% of 
Loans

Amount

% of 
Loans

Amount

% of 
Loans

$     

61,749
240,700

8.53%
33.25%

65,791
220,690

9.55%
32.03%

57,617
206,417

8.84%
31.66%

63,742
195,975

10.27%
31.56%

73,176
195,003

11.80%
31.45%

40,189
247,521
21,047
611,206

5.55%
34.20%
2.91%
84.44%

43,733
228,526
18,080
576,820

6.35%
33.16%
2.62%
83.71%

47,015
228,558
12,400
552,007

7.21%
35.06%
1.90%
84.68%

49,463
209,287
11,801
530,268

7.97%
33.70%
1.90%
85.39%

52,019
200,633
8,951
529,782

8.39%
32.36%
1.44%
85.45%

12.11%
0.00%
1.36%
2.10%
100.00%

87,596
-
9,832
15,177
723,811

7,550

13.22%
0.00%
1.46%
1.63%
100.00%

91,010
3
10,027
11,231
689,091

9,589

679,502

11.71%
0.00%
1.54%
2.08%
100.00%

76,262
7
10,060
13,555
651,891

11,082

640,809

10.97%
0.00%
1.54%
2.10%
100.00%

68,047
19
9,593
13,033
620,960

13,501

607,459

64,295
11
10,148
15,738
619,974

14,423

605,551

10.38%
0.00%
1.64%
2.54%
100.00%

Net loans

$   

716,261

As  of  December  31,  2016,  gross  loans  outstanding  were  $723.8  million,  compared  to  $689.1  million  at 
December 31, 2015.  Average loans represented 71% and 70% of total earning assets for the years ended December 
31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.  The Bank had $5.7 million and $4.1 million in mortgage loans held for sale as of 
December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. 

Troubled  debt  restructured  (“TDR”)  loans  modified  in  2016,  past  due  TDR  loans  and  non-accrual  TDR 
loans totaled $5.9 million and $8.8 million at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively.  The terms 
of these loans have been renegotiated to provide a concession to original terms, including a reduction in principal or 
interest  as  a  result  of  the  deteriorating  financial  position  of  the  borrower.    There  were  $81,000  and  $354,000  in 
performing loans classified as TDR loans at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively. 

Table 11 identifies the maturities of all loans as of December 31, 2016 and addresses the sensitivity of these 

loans to changes in interest rates. 

A-14 

 
 
                      
                         
                    
               
                      
                      
               
                         
                      
               
                         
                    
                      
 
 
 
 
        
     
     
     
     
      
   
   
   
       
        
     
     
     
     
      
   
   
   
       
        
     
     
       
     
      
   
   
   
       
        
     
     
     
                 
                 
              
            
            
         
        
     
       
     
       
        
     
     
     
     
      
   
   
   
         
          
     
     
     
      
   
   
   
 
 
 
Table 11 - Maturity and Repricing Data for Loans

(Dollars in thousands)
Real estate loans 
    Construction and land development
    Single-family residential
    Single-family residential- Banco de la Gente

    stated income

    Commercial
    Multifamily and farmland
          Total real estate loans

Loans not secured by real estate

Commercial loans
Farm loans 
Consumer loans
All other loans

Total loans

Total fixed rate loans
Total floating rate loans

Total loans

Within one 
year or less

After one year 
through five 
years

After five 
years

Total loans

$           

40,674
112,279

17,402
99,527
6,172
276,054

56,373
-
4,748
8,663
345,838

$         

$             

4,924
340,914

$         

345,838

12,626
73,957

-
106,413
5,167
198,163

17,907
-
4,880
4,727
225,677

196,665
29,012

225,677

8,449
54,464

22,787
41,581
9,708
136,989

13,316
-
204
1,787
152,296

152,296
-

152,296

61,749
240,700

40,189
247,521
21,047
611,206

87,596
-
9,832
15,177
723,811

353,885
369,926

723,811

In the normal course of business, there are various commitments outstanding to extend credit that are not 
reflected in the financial statements. At December 31, 2016, outstanding loan commitments totaled $199.3 million.  
Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition 
established in  the commitment contract.  Commitments  generally  have  fixed expiration dates or other termination 
clauses and may require payment of a fee.  Since many of the commitments may expire without being drawn upon, 
the  total  commitment  amounts  do  not  necessarily  represent  future  cash  requirements.    Additional  information 
regarding  commitments  is  provided  below  in  the  section  entitled  “Contractual  Obligations  and  Off-Balance  Sheet 
Arrangements” and in Note 10 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. 

Allowance for Loan Losses.  The allowance for loan losses reflects management’s assessment and estimate 
of  the  risks  associated  with  extending  credit  and  its  evaluation  of  the  quality  of  the  loan  portfolio.    The  Bank 
periodically analyzes the loan portfolio in an effort to review asset quality and to establish an allowance  for loan 
losses  that  management  believes  will  be  adequate  in  light  of  anticipated  risks  and  loan  losses.    In  assessing  the 
adequacy of the allowance, size, quality and risk of loans in the portfolio are reviewed. Other factors considered are:  

•  the Bank’s loan loss experience;  
•  the amount of past due and non-performing loans;  
•  specific known risks;  
•  the status and amount of other past due and non-performing assets; 
•  underlying estimated values of collateral securing loans;  
•  current and anticipated economic conditions; and  
•  other factors which management believes affect the allowance for potential credit losses.  

Management uses several measures to assess and monitor the credit risks in the loan portfolio, including a 
loan  grading  system  that  begins  upon  loan  origination  and  continues  until  the  loan  is  collected  or  collectability 
becomes doubtful. Upon loan origination, the Bank’s originating loan officer evaluates the quality of the loan and 
assigns  one  of  eight  risk  grades.  The  loan  officer  monitors  the  loan’s  performance  and  credit  quality  and  makes 
changes  to  the  credit  grade  as  conditions  warrant.  When  originated  or  renewed,  all  loans  over  a  certain  dollar 
amount  receive  in-depth  reviews  and  risk  assessments  by  the  Bank’s  Credit  Administration.  Before  making  any 
changes in these risk grades, management considers assessments as determined by the third party credit review firm 
(as  described  below),  regulatory  examiners  and  the  Bank’s  Credit  Administration.  Any  issues  regarding  the  risk 
assessments  are  addressed  by  the  Bank’s  senior  credit  administrators  and  factored  into  management’s  decision  to 
originate or renew the loan. The Bank’s Board of Directors reviews, on a monthly basis, an analysis of the Bank’s 
reserves relative to the range of reserves estimated by the Bank’s Credit Administration. 

A-15 

 
 
              
               
             
           
              
             
           
             
                        
             
             
             
            
             
           
               
                
               
             
           
            
           
           
             
              
             
             
                       
                        
                       
                      
               
                
                  
               
               
                
               
             
            
           
           
            
           
           
           
              
                       
           
            
           
           
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As  an  additional  measure,  the  Bank  engages  an  independent  third  party  to  review  the  underwriting, 
documentation  and  risk  grading  analyses.  This  independent  third  party  reviews  and  evaluates  loan  relationships 
greater  than  $1.0  million,  excluding  loans  in  default,  and  loans  in  process  of  litigation  or  liquidation.    The  third 
party’s evaluation and report is shared with management and the Bank’s Board of Directors. 

Management considers certain commercial loans with weak credit risk grades to be individually impaired 
and measures such impairment based upon available cash flows and the value of the collateral. Allowance or reserve 
levels are estimated for all other graded loans in the portfolio based on their assigned credit risk grade, type of loan 
and other matters related to credit risk. 

Management  uses  the  information  developed  from  the  procedures  described  above  in  evaluating  and 
grading the loan portfolio. This continual grading process is used to monitor the credit quality of the loan portfolio 
and  to  assist  management  in  estimating  the  allowance  for  loan  losses.    The  provision  for  loan  losses  charged  or 
credited to earnings is based upon management’s judgment of the amount necessary to maintain the allowance at a 
level appropriate to absorb probable incurred losses in the loan portfolio at the balance sheet date.  The amount each 
quarter is dependent upon many factors, including growth and changes in the composition of the loan portfolio, net 
charge-offs,  delinquencies,  management’s  assessment  of  loan  portfolio  quality,  the  value  of  collateral,  and  other 
macro-economic factors and trends.  The evaluation of these factors is performed quarterly by management through 
an analysis of the appropriateness of the allowance for loan losses. 

The  allowance  for  loan  losses  is  comprised  of  three  components:  specific  reserves,  general  reserves  and 
unallocated reserves.  After a loan has been identified as impaired, management measures impairment.  When the 
measure  of  the  impaired  loan  is  less  than  the  recorded  investment  in  the  loan,  the  amount  of  the  impairment  is 
recorded  as  a  specific  reserve.  These  specific  reserves  are  determined  on  an  individual  loan  basis  based  on 
management’s  current  evaluation  of  the  Bank’s  loss  exposure  for  each  credit,  given  the  appraised  value  of  any 
underlying  collateral.  Loans  for  which  specific  reserves  are  provided  are  excluded  from  the  general  allowance 
calculations as described below. 

The  general  allowance  reflects  reserves  established  under  GAAP  for  collective  loan  impairment.    These 
reserves  are  based  upon  historical  net  charge-offs  using  the  greater  of  the  last  two,  three,  four  or  five  years’  loss 
experience.    This  charge-off  experience  may  be  adjusted  to  reflect  the  effects  of  current  conditions.    The  Bank 
considers information derived from its loan risk ratings and external data related to industry and general economic 
trends in establishing reserves. 

The unallocated allowance is determined through management’s assessment of probable losses that are in 
the portfolio but are not adequately captured by the other two components of the allowance, including consideration 
of current economic and business conditions and regulatory requirements. The unallocated allowance also reflects 
management’s acknowledgement of the imprecision and subjectivity that underlie the modeling of credit risk.  Due 
to the subjectivity involved in determining the overall allowance, including the unallocated portion, the unallocated 
portion  may  fluctuate  from  period  to  period  based  on  management’s  evaluation  of  the  factors  affecting  the 
assumptions used in calculating the allowance. 

There  were  no  significant  changes  in  the  estimation  methods  or  fundamental  assumptions  used  in  the 
evaluation of the allowance for loan losses for the  year ended December 31, 2016 as compared to the  year ended 
December  31,  2015.      Revisions,  estimates  and  assumptions  may  be  made  in  any  period  in  which  the  supporting 
factors indicate that loss levels may vary from the previous estimates. 

Effective  December  31,  2012,  stated  income  mortgage  loans  from  the  Banco  de  la  Gente  division  of  the 
Bank were analyzed separately from other single family residential loans in the Bank’s loan portfolio.  These loans 
are  first  mortgage  loans  made  to  the  Latino  market,  primarily  in  Mecklenburg  and  surrounding  counties.    These 
loans  are  non-traditional  mortgages  in  that  the  customer  normally  did  not  have  a  credit  history,  so  all  credit 
information was accumulated by the loan officers.  These loans were made as stated income loans rather than full 
documentation loans because the customer may not have had complete documentation on the income supporting the 
loan.  

Various  regulatory  agencies,  as  an  integral  part  of  their  examination  process,  periodically  review  the 
Bank’s allowance for loan losses. Such agencies may require adjustments to the allowance based on their judgments 
of  information  available  to  them  at  the  time  of  their  examinations.    Management  believes  it  has  established  the 
allowance for credit losses pursuant to GAAP, and has taken into account the views of its regulators and the current 
economic environment.  Management considers the allowance for loan losses adequate to cover the estimated losses 
inherent in the Bank’s loan portfolio as of the date of the financial statements.  Although management uses the best 
information available to make evaluations, significant future additions to the allowance may be necessary based on 
changes in economic and other conditions, thus adversely affecting the operating results of the Company. 

A-16 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net charge-offs for 2016 and 2015 were $833,000 and $1.5 million, respectively.  The ratio of net charge-
offs to average total loans was 0.12% in 2016, 0.22% in 2015 and 0.27% in 2014.  The Bank strives to proactively 
work with its customers to identify potential problems.  If found, the Bank works to quickly recognize identifiable 
losses  and  to  establish  a  plan,  with  the  borrower,  if  possible,  to  have  the  loans  paid  off.    This  process  of  early 
identification increased the levels of charge-offs and provision for loan losses in 2009 through 2013 as compared to 
historical periods prior to 2009.  The years ended December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016 saw a return of net charge-offs 
to pre-crisis levels.  Management expects this to continue in 2017. The allowance for loan losses was $7.6 million or 
1.0% of total loans outstanding at December 31, 2016.  For December 31, 2015 and 2014, the allowance for loan 
losses  amounted  to  $9.6  million  or  1.4%  of  total  loans  outstanding  and  $11.1  million,  or  1.7%  of  total  loans 
outstanding, respectively.   

Table 12 presents the percentage of loans assigned to each risk grade at December 31, 2016 and 2015. 

Table 12 - Loan Risk Grade Analysis

Risk Grade
Risk Grade 1 (Excellent Quality)
Risk Grade 2 (High Quality)
Risk Grade 3 (Good Quality)
Risk Grade 4 (Management Attention)
Risk Grade 5 (Watch)
Risk Grade 6 (Substandard)
Risk Grade 7 (Doubtful)
Risk Grade 8 (Loss)

Percentage of Loans
By Risk Grade

2016

2015

2.28%
26.82%
54.43%
11.99%
3.07%
1.41%
0.00%
0.00%

2.46%
24.40%
53.08%
14.26%
3.27%
2.53%
0.00%
0.00%

Table 13 presents an analysis of the allowance for loan losses, including charge-off activity. 

Table 13 - Analysis of Allowance for Loan Losses

(Dollars in thousands)
Allowance for loan losses at beginning 

2016

$      

9,589

2015
11,082

2014
13,501

2013
14,423

2012
16,604

Loans charged off:
Commercial
Real estate - mortgage
Real estate - construction
Consumer
Total loans charged off

Recoveries of losses previously charged off:
Commercial
Real estate - mortgage
Real estate - construction
Consumer
Total recoveries
Net loans charged off

146
593
7
492
1,238

170
74
10
151
405
833

38
1,064
197
545
1,844

101
77
45
145
368
1,476

430
789
884
534
2,637

54
259
428
176
917
1,720

Provision for loan losses

(1,206)

(17)

(699)

502
2,441
777
652
4,372

44
302
377
143
866
3,506

2,584

555
2,491
4,728
557
8,331

104
446
528
148
1,226
7,105

4,924

Allowance for loan losses at end of year

$      

7,550

9,589

11,082

13,501

14,423

Loans charged off net of recoveries, as

a percent of average loans outstanding

Allowance for loan losses as a percent

0.12%

0.22%

0.27%

0.57%

1.10%

of total loans outstanding at end of year

1.04%

1.39%

1.70%

2.17%

2.33%

A-17 

 
 
 
 
 
 
      
      
      
      
           
             
           
           
           
           
        
           
        
        
               
           
           
           
        
           
           
           
           
           
        
        
        
        
        
           
           
             
             
           
             
             
           
           
           
             
             
           
           
           
           
           
           
           
           
           
           
           
           
        
           
        
        
        
        
      
           
         
        
        
        
      
      
      
 
 
 
 
 
Non-performing  Assets.    Non-performing  assets  declined  to  $4.1  million  or  0.4%  of  total  assets  at 
December 31, 2016, compared to $9.2 million or 0.9% of total assets at December 31, 2015.  The decline in non-
performing assets is due to a $4.6 million decrease in non-accrual loans and a $456,000 decrease in other real estate 
owned properties.  Non-performing loans include $21,000 in construction and land development loans, $3.7 million 
in  commercial  and  residential  mortgage  loans  and  $55,000  in  other  loans  at  December  31,  2016,  as  compared  to 
$146,000  in  construction  and  land  development  loans,  $8.1  million  in  commercial  and  residential  mortgage  loans 
and $181,000 in other loans at December 31, 2015.  Other real estate owned totaled $283,000 and $739,000 as of 
December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The Bank had no repossessed assets as of December 31, 2016 and 2015.  

At December 31, 2016, the Bank had non-performing loans, defined as non-accrual and accruing loans past 
due more than 90 days, of $3.8 million or 0.53% of total loans.  Non-performing loans at December 31, 2015 were 
$8.4 million or 1.23% of total loans.   

Management continually monitors the loan portfolio to ensure that all loans potentially having a material 
adverse  impact  on  future  operating  results,  liquidity  or  capital  resources  have  been  classified  as  non-performing.  
Should  economic  conditions  deteriorate,  the  inability  of  distressed  customers  to  service  their  existing  debt  could 
cause higher levels of non-performing loans.  Management expects the level of non-accrual loans to be more in-line 
with the levels at December 31, 2016 as opposed to the level of non-accruals experienced in 2012. 

It is the general policy of the Bank to stop accruing interest income when a loan is placed on non-accrual 
status and any interest previously accrued but not collected is reversed against current income.  Generally a loan is 
placed on non-accrual status when it is over 90 days past due and there is reasonable doubt that all principal will be 
collected. 

A summary of non-performing assets at December 31 for each of the years presented is shown in Table 14. 

Table 14 - Non-performing Assets

(Dollars in thousands)
Non-accrual loans
Loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing
Total non-performing loans
All other real estate owned
Repossessed assets
Total non-performing assets

TDR loans not included in above,

2016

2015

$      

3,825
-
3,825
283
-
4,108

$      

8,432
17
8,449
739
-
9,188

2014
10,728
-
10,728
2,016
-
12,744

2013
13,836
882
14,718
1,679
-
16,397

2012

17,630
2,403
20,033
6,254
10
26,297

(not 90 days past due or on nonaccrual)

3,337

5,102

7,217

7,953

10,864

As a percent of total loans at year end
Non-accrual loans
Loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing

Total non-performing assets

0.53%
0.00%

1.22%
0.00%

1.65%
0.00%

2.23%
0.14%

2.84%
0.39%

as a percent of total assets at year end

0.38%

0.88%

1.22%

1.58%

2.60%

Total non-performing loans

 as a percent of total loans at year-end

0.53%

1.23%

1.65%

2.37%

3.23%

Deposits.  The Company primarily uses deposits to fund its loan and investment portfolios. The Company 
offers  a  variety  of  deposit  accounts  to  individuals  and  businesses.  Deposit  accounts  include  checking,  savings, 
money market and time deposits. As of December 31, 2016, total deposits were $892.9 million, compared to $832.2 
million at December 31, 2015.  Core deposits, which include demand deposits, savings accounts and non-brokered 
certificates  of  deposits  of  denominations  less  than  $250,000,  amounted  to  $865.4  million  at  December  31,  2015, 
compared to $805.0 million at December 31, 2015.   

Time deposits in amounts of  $250,000 or  more totaled  $26.8  million and $26.9  million  at  December 31, 
2016 and 2015, respectively.  At December 31, 2016, brokered deposits amounted to $7.2 million as compared to 
$4.3 million at December 31, 2015.  CDARS balances included in brokered deposits amounted to $7.2 million and 
$4.1  million  as  of  December  31,  2016  and  2015,  respectively.    Brokered  deposits  are  generally  considered  to  be 
more  susceptible  to  withdrawal  as  a  result  of  interest  rate  changes  and  to  be  a  less  stable  source  of  funds,  as 
compared  to  deposits  from  the  local  market.    Brokered  deposits  outstanding  as  of  December  31,  2016  have  a 
weighted average rate of 0.53% with a weighted average original term of 23 months. 

A-18 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
        
      
     
        
                
             
                
          
          
        
        
      
     
        
           
           
        
       
          
                
                
                
               
               
        
      
     
        
        
        
        
       
        
   
 
 
 
Table 15 is a summary of the maturity distribution of time deposits in amounts of $250,000 or more as of 

December 31, 2016. 

Table 15 - Maturities of Time Deposits of $250,000 or greater

(Dollars in thousands)
Three months or less
Over three months through six months
Over six months through twelve months
Over twelve months
Total

2016
$                

7,001
4,619
3,971
11,180
26,771

$              

Borrowed  Funds.  The  Company  has  access  to  various  short-term  borrowings,  including  the  purchase  of 
federal funds and borrowing arrangements from the FHLB and other financial institutions.  At December 31, 2016 
and 2015, FHLB borrowings totaled $20.0 million and $43.5 million, respectively.  Average FHLB borrowings for 
2016  and  2015  were  $42.9  million  and  $49.8  million,  respectively.  The  maximum  amount  of  outstanding  FHLB 
borrowings was $43.5 million in 2016 and $50.0 million in 2015.  The FHLB borrowings outstanding at December 
31,  2016  had  interest  rates  ranging  from  2.68%  to  4.12%  and  all  mature  in  2018.    The  weighted  average  rate  on 
FHLB  borrowings  was  3.87%  and  3.48%  at  December  31,  2016  and  2015,  respectively.    Additional  information 
regarding FHLB borrowings is provided in Note 6 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. 

The  Bank  had  no  borrowings  from  the  FRB  at  December  31,  2016  and  2015.    FRB  borrowings  are 
collateralized  by  a  blanket  assignment  on  all  qualifying  loans  that  the  Bank  owns  which  are  not  pledged  to  the 
FHLB.    At  December  31,  2016,  the  carrying  value  of  loans  pledged  as  collateral  totaled  approximately  $374.5 
million. 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase were $36.4 million at December 31, 2016, as compared to 

$27.9 million at December 31, 2015.   

Junior subordinated debentures were $20.6 million as of December 31, 2016 and 2015. 

Contractual  Obligations  and  Off-Balance  Sheet  Arrangements.    The  Company’s  contractual  obligations 
and other commitments as of December 31, 2016 are summarized in Table 16 below.  The Company’s contractual 
obligations  include  the  repayment  of  principal  and  interest  related  to  FHLB  advances  and  junior  subordinated 
debentures, as well as certain payments under current lease agreements.  Other commitments include commitments 
to  extend  credit.    Because  not  all  of  these  commitments  to  extend  credit  will  be  drawn  upon,  the  actual  cash 
requirements are likely to be significantly less than the amounts reported for other commitments below. 

Table 16 - Contractual Obligations and Other Commitments

(Dollars in thousands)
Contractual Cash Obligations
Long-term borrowings
Junior subordinated debentures
Corporate Center renovation
Operating lease obligations
Total

Other Commitments
Commitments to extend credit
Standby letters of credit 

and financial guarantees written

Income tax credits
Total

Within One 
Year

One to 
Three Years

Three to 
Five Years

Five Years 
or More

Total

-
$                  
-
2,170
632
2,802

$          

20,000
-
-
1,212
21,212

-
-
-
1,193
1,193

-
20,619
-
1,611
22,230

20,000
20,619
2,170
4,648
47,437

$        

70,204

20,389

18,833

86,102

195,528

3,728
639
74,571

$        

-
2,025
22,414

-
81
18,914

-
119
86,221

3,728
2,864
202,120

A-19 

 
 
 
                  
                  
                
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
          
                    
                    
          
                    
                    
                    
          
          
            
                    
                    
                    
            
               
            
            
            
            
          
            
          
          
          
          
          
        
            
                    
                    
                    
            
               
            
                 
               
            
          
          
          
        
 
 
 
 
The Company enters into derivative contracts to manage various financial risks.  A derivative is a financial 
instrument  that  derives  its  cash  flows,  and  therefore  its  value,  by  reference  to  an  underlying  instrument,  index  or 
referenced interest rate.  Derivative contracts are carried at fair value on the consolidated balance sheet with the fair 
value representing the net present value of expected future cash receipts or payments based on market interest rates 
as of the balance sheet date.  Derivative contracts are written in amounts referred to as notional amounts, which only 
provide  the  basis  for  calculating  payments  between  counterparties  and  are  not  a  measure  of  financial  risk.  
Therefore, the derivative amounts recorded on the balance sheet do not represent the amounts that may ultimately be 
paid under these contracts.  Further discussions of derivative instruments are included above in the section entitled 
“Asset  Liability  and  Interest  Rate  Risk  Management”  beginning  on  page  A-11  and  in  Notes  1,  10  and  15  to  the 
Consolidated Financial Statements. 

Capital Resources.  Shareholders’ equity was $107.4 million, or 9.9% of total assets, as of December 31, 
2016, compared to $104.9 million, or 10.1% of total assets, as of December 31, 2015.  The increase in shareholders’ 
equity  is  primarily  due  to  an  increase  in  retained  earnings  due  to  net  income,  which  was  partially  offset  by  a 
decrease in accumulated other comprehensive income resulting from a decrease in the unrealized gain on investment 
securities and a $2.0 million decrease in common stock due to 92,738 shares of common stock being repurchased 
under the Company’s stock repurchase program implemented during the second quarter of 2016. 

Average  shareholders’  equity  as  a  percentage  of  total  average  assets  is  one  measure  used  to  determine 
capital  strength.      Average  shareholders’  equity  as  a  percentage  of  total  average  assets  was  10.51%,  10.27%  and 
9.35% for 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.   The return on average shareholders’ equity was 8.11% at December 
31, 2016 as compared to 9.03% and 9.69% at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively.  Total cash 
dividends  paid  on  common  stock  were  $2.1  million,  $1.6  million  and  $1.0  million  during  2016,  2015  and  2014, 
respectively.  The Company did not pay any dividends on preferred stock during 2016 and 2015.   

The Board of Directors, at its discretion, can issue shares of preferred stock up to a maximum of 5,000,000 
shares.    The  Board  is  authorized  to  determine  the  number  of  shares,  voting  powers,  designations,  preferences, 
limitations and relative rights. 

In  2014,  the  Company’s  Board  of  Directors  authorized  a  stock  repurchase  program  (“the  2014  Stock 
Repurchase  Program”),  pursuant  to  which  up  to  $2  million  was  allocated  to  repurchase  the  Company’s  common 
stock.  All purchases under the 2014 Stock Repurchase Program were made periodically as permitted by securities 
laws and other legal requirements in the open market or in privately negotiated transactions.  The timing and amount 
of  the  repurchase  of  shares  was  determined  by  the  Company’s  management,  based  on  its  evaluation  of  market 
conditions and other factors.  The Company had repurchased approximately $2.0 million, or 106,587 shares of its 
common stock, under the 2014 Stock Repurchase Program as of December 31, 2015. 

In  the  second  quarter  of  2016,  the  Company’s  Board  of  Directors  authorized  another  stock  repurchase 
program (“the 2016 Stock Repurchase Program”), pursuant to which up to $2 million  was allocated to repurchase 
the Company’s common stock.  All purchases under the 2016 Stock Repurchase Program were made periodically as 
permitted by securities laws and other legal requirements in the open market or in privately negotiated transactions.  
The timing and amount of the repurchase of shares  was determined by  the Company’s  management, based on its 
evaluation of market conditions and other factors.  The Company repurchased approximately $2.0 million, or 92,738 
shares of its common stock, under the 2016 Stock Repurchase Program during 2016. 

In  2013,  the  Federal  Reserve  Board  approved  its  final  rule  on  the  Basel  III  capital  standards,  which 
implement changes to the regulatory capital framework for banking organizations.  The Basel III capital standards, 
which became effective January 1, 2015, include new risk-based capital and leverage ratios, which will be phased in 
from 2015 to 2019. The new minimum capital level requirements applicable to the Company and the Bank under the 
final  rules  are  as  follows:  (i)  a  new  common  equity  Tier  1  capital  ratio  of  4.5%;  (ii)  a  Tier  1  capital  ratio  of  6% 
(increased from 4%); (iii) a total risk based capital ratio of 8% (unchanged from previous rules); and (iv) a Tier 1 
leverage ratio of 4% (unchanged from previous rules).  An additional capital conservation buffer will be added to the 
minimum requirements for capital adequacy purposes beginning on January 1, 2016 at 0.625% and will be phased in 
through 2019 (increasing by 0.625% on each subsequent January 1, until it reaches 2.5% on January 1, 2019).  This 
will result in the following minimum ratios beginning in 2019: (i) a common equity Tier 1 capital ratio of 7.0%, (ii) 
a Tier 1 capital ratio of 8.5%, and (iii) a total capital ratio of 10.5%. Under the final rules, an institution is subject to 
limitations on paying dividends, engaging in share repurchases, and paying discretionary bonuses if its capital level 
falls below the buffer amount.  These limitations establish a maximum percentage of eligible retained earnings that 
could be utilized for such actions. 

A-20 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Under the regulatory capital guidelines, financial institutions are currently required to maintain a total risk-
based capital ratio of 8.0% or greater, with a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6.0% or greater and a common equity 
Tier 1 capital ratio of 4.5% or greater, as required by Basel III capital standards referenced above.  Tier 1 capital is 
generally defined as shareholders’ equity and trust preferred securities less all intangible assets and goodwill.  Tier 1 
capital  at  December  31,  2016  and  December  31,  2015  includes  $20.0  million  in  trust  preferred  securities.    The 
Company’s  Tier  1  capital  ratio  was  15.20%  and  15.37%  at  December  31,  2016  and  December  31,  2015, 
respectively.  Total risk-based capital is defined as Tier 1 capital plus supplementary capital.  Supplementary capital, 
or Tier 2 capital, consists of the Company’s allowance for loan losses, not exceeding 1.25% of the Company’s risk-
weighted assets. Total risk-based capital ratio is therefore defined as the ratio of total capital (Tier 1 capital and Tier 
2  capital)  to  risk-weighted  assets.    The  Company’s  total  risk-based  capital  ratio  was  16.12%  and  16.63%  at 
December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively.  The Company’s common equity Tier 1 capital consists of 
common stock and retained earnings.   The Company’s common equity Tier 1 capital ratio was 12.75% and 12.79% 
at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively.  Financial institutions are also required to maintain a 
leverage ratio of Tier 1 capital to total average assets of 4.0% or greater.  The Company’s Tier 1 leverage capital 
ratio was 11.19% and 11.44% at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively.  

The  Bank’s  Tier  1  risk-based  capital  ratio  was  14.85%  at  December  31,  2016  and  2015.    The  total  risk-
based  capital  ratio  for  the  Bank  was  15.78%  and  16.11%  at  December  31,  2016  and  December  31,  2015, 
respectively.   The Bank’s common equity Tier 1 capital ratio was 14.85% at December 31, 2016 and 2015.  The 
Bank’s  Tier  1  leverage  capital  ratio  was  10.88%  and  11.03%  at  December  31,  2016  and  December  31,  2015, 
respectively. 

A bank is considered to be “well capitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of 10.0% or greater, a 
Tier  1  risk-based  capital  ratio  of  8.0%  or  greater,  a  common  equity  Tier  1  capital  ratio  of  6.5%  or  greater  and  a 
leverage ratio of 5.0% or greater.  Based upon these guidelines, the Bank was considered to be “well capitalized” at 
December 31, 2016. 

The Company’s key equity ratios as of December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 are presented in Table 17. 

Table 17 - Equity Ratios

Return on average assets
Return on average equity
Dividend payout ratio *
Average equity to average assets

2016

2015

2014

0.85%
8.11%
22.95%
10.51%

0.93%
9.03%
16.34%
10.27%

0.91%
9.69%
10.89%
9.35%

* As a percentage of net earnings available to common shareholders.

Quarterly  Financial  Data.    The  Company’s  consolidated  quarterly  operating  results  for  the  years  ended 

December 31, 2016 and 2015 are presented in Table 18. 

Table 18 - Quarterly Financial Data

(Dollars in thousands, except per 
share amounts)
Total interest income
Total interest expense
Net interest income

$

(Reduction of) provision for loan losses
Other income
Other expense
Income before income taxes

Income taxes (benefit)
Net earnings 

2016

2015

First Second Third Fourth
10,107
9,905
821
809
9,286
9,096

9,815
813
9,002

9,982
828
9,154

$

First Second Third Fourth
9,961
9,567
851
884
9,110
8,683

9,947
874
9,073

9,191
875
8,316

(216)
3,324
9,492
3,144

691
2,453

(531)
3,572
9,109
3,996

1,032
2,964

(360)
3,414
9,598
3,330

872
2,458

(99)
3,666
11,783
1,268

(34)
1,302

173
3,245
8,748
3,007

679
2,328

(214)
3,297
8,337
3,490

866
2,624

235
3,266
8,669
3,435

942
2,493

0.45
0.45

(211)
3,504
10,024
2,801

613
2,188

0.40
0.39

Basic net earnings per share
Diluted net earnings per share

0.45
0.44

0.54
0.53

0.45
0.44

$

0.24
0.24

$
$

0.41
0.41

0.47
0.47

A-21 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
     
      
      
      
        
      
      
      
        
   
   
   
     
   
   
   
     
     
     
     
        
      
     
      
      
   
   
   
     
   
   
   
     
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
     
   
   
   
     
      
   
      
        
      
      
      
        
   
   
   
     
   
   
   
     
     
     
     
       
     
     
     
       
     
     
     
       
     
     
     
       
QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK 

Market risk reflects the risk of economic loss resulting from adverse changes in market prices and interest 
rates.  This risk of loss can be reflected in either diminished current market values or reduced potential net interest 
income in future periods. 

The Company’s market risk arises primarily from interest rate risk inherent in its lending and deposit taking 
activities. The structure of the Company’s loan and deposit portfolios is such that a significant decline (increase) in 
interest  rates  may  adversely  (positively)  impact  net  market  values  and  interest  income.  Management  seeks  to 
manage  the  risk  through  the  utilization  of  its  investment  securities  and  off-balance  sheet  derivative  instruments. 
During  the  years  ended  December  31,  2016,  2015  and 2014,  the  Company  used  interest  rate  contracts  to  manage 
market risk as discussed above in the section entitled “Asset Liability and Interest Rate Risk Management.”    

Table 19 presents in tabular form the contractual balances and the estimated fair value of the Company’s 
on-balance sheet financial instruments at their expected maturity dates for the period ended December 31, 2016. The 
expected  maturity  categories  take  into  consideration  historical  prepayment  experience  as  well  as  management’s 
expectations based on the interest rate environment at December 31, 2016.  For core deposits  without contractual 
maturity  (i.e.  interest-bearing  checking,  savings,  and  money  market  accounts),  the  table  presents  principal  cash 
flows based on management’s judgment concerning their most likely runoff or repricing behaviors. 

Table 19 - Market Risk Table

(Dollars in thousands)

Loans Receivable
Fixed rate

Average interest rate

Variable rate

Average interest rate

Total

Investment Securities
Interest bearing cash

Average interest rate
Securities available for sale
Average interest rate

Nonmarketable equity securities

Average interest rate

Debt Obligations
Deposits

Average interest rate

Advances from FHLB

Average interest rate

Securities sold under agreement

to repurchase

Average interest rate

Junior subordinated debentures

Average interest rate

2017

$       

$       

44,846
4.89%
75,294
4.66%

$       

$       

16,481
0.59%
44,217
4.06%
-
$                 
-

$       

86,781
0.33%
-
$                 
-

$       

36,434
0.10%
-
$                 
-

2018
59,309
4.65%
38,558
4.51%

2019
45,286
4.75%
45,379
4.28%

2020
53,841
4.76%
35,034
4.36%

2021
56,949
4.58%
36,069
4.45%

Thereafter
116,964
5.44%
121,991
3.93%

-
-
20,188
4.51%
-
-

33,212
0.56%
20,000
3.73%

-
-
-
-

-
-
22,762
4.39%
-
-

15,117
0.61%
-
-

-
-
-
-

-
-
23,691
4.20%
-
-

5,384
0.75%
-
-

-
-
-
-

-
-
31,668
4.59%
-
-

3,519
0.75%
-
-

-
-
-
-

-
-
107,420
4.30%
2,635
3.38%

748,905
0.07%
-
-

-
-
20,619
2.47%

Total
377,195

Fair Value
375,900

352,325

352,325

729,520

728,225

16,481

16,481

249,946

249,946

2,635

2,635

892,918

884,510

20,000

18,864

36,434

36,434

20,619

20,619

A-22 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
    
        
    
    
    
    
    
    
        
    
    
    
    
              
              
              
              
                   
      
      
              
              
              
              
                   
    
    
    
    
        
    
    
              
              
              
              
            
        
        
                   
              
              
              
              
    
    
      
      
        
    
    
    
              
              
              
                   
      
      
                   
              
              
              
                   
              
              
              
              
                   
      
      
              
              
              
              
                   
              
              
              
              
          
      
      
                   
              
              
              
              
Table 20 presents the simulated impact to net interest income under varying interest rate scenarios and the 
theoretical  impact  of  rate  changes  over  a  twelve-month  period  referred  to  as  “rate  ramps.”    The  table  shows  the 
estimated theoretical impact on the Company’s tax equivalent net interest income from hypothetical rate changes of 
plus and minus 1%, 2% and 3% as compared to the estimated theoretical impact of rates remaining unchanged.  The 
table  also  shows  the  simulated  impact  to  market  value  of  equity  under  varying  interest  rate  scenarios  and  the 
theoretical impact of immediate and sustained rate changes referred to as “rate shocks” of plus and minus 1%, 2% 
and  3%  as  compared  to  the  theoretical  impact  of  rates  remaining  unchanged.    The  prospective  effects  of  the 
hypothetical interest rate changes are based upon various assumptions, including relative and estimated levels of key 
interest rates.  This type of modeling has limited usefulness because it does not allow for the strategies management 
would  utilize  in  response  to  sudden  and  sustained  rate  changes.    Also,  management  does  not  believe  that  rate 
changes of the magnitude presented are likely in the forecast period presented. 

Table 20 - Interest Rate Risk

(Dollars in thousands)

Hypothetical rate change (ramp over 12 months)
+3%
+2%
+1%
0%
-1%
-2%
-3%

Hypothetical rate change (immediate shock)
+3%
+2%
+1%
0%
-1%
-2%
-3%

Estimated Resulting Theoretical Net 
Interest Income

 Amount 

% Change

$                  
$                  
$                  
$                  
$                  
$                  
$                  

41,807
41,635
40,839
39,847
39,177
38,936
38,900

4.92%
4.49%
2.49%
0.00%
-1.68%
-2.29%
-2.38%

Estimated Resulting Theoretical 
Market Value of Equity

 Amount 

% Change

$                
$                
$                
$                
$                
$                  
$                  

154,428
161,219
158,700
145,641
122,977
83,648
70,407

6.03%
10.70%
8.97%
0.00%
-15.56%
-42.57%
-51.66%

A-23 

 
 
 
 
 
PEOPLES BANCORP OF NORTH CAROLINA, INC.
Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

INDEX

PAGE(S)

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on the Consolidated Financial Statements A-25 - A-28

Financial Statements

Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2016 and 2015

Consolidated Statements of Earnings for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 
and 2014

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders' Equity for the years ended December 31, 
2016, 2015 and 2014

A-29

A-30

A-31

A-32

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

A-33 - A-34

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

A-35 - A-67

A-24 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders 
Peoples Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc. 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Peoples Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc. 
and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the related consolidated statements 
of earnings, comprehensive income, changes in shareholders' equity and cash flows for the years then ended.  
These  financial  statements  are  the  responsibility  of  the  Company’s  management.  Our  responsibility is to 
express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.   

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board 
(United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance 
about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a 
test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes 
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating 
the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our 
opinion. 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, 
the financial position of Peoples Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2016 and 
2015, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the years then ended, in conformity with U.S. 
generally accepted accounting principles.   

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board 
(United  States),  Peoples  Bancorp  of  North  Carolina,  Inc.’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of 
December 31, 2016, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the 
Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in 2013, and our report dated March 16, 
2017  expressed  an  unqualified  opinion  on  the  effectiveness  of  Peoples  Bancorp  of  North  Carolina,  Inc.’s 
internal control over financial reporting.   

/s/ Elliott Davis Decosimo, PLLC 

Charlotte, North Carolina 
March 16, 2017 

Elliott Davis Decosimo PLLC | www.elliottdavis.com 

A-25 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders 
Peoples Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc. 

We have audited Peoples Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc.’s (the “Company”) internal control over financial 
reporting as of December 31, 2016, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework 
issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in 2013. The Company’s 
management  is  responsible  for  maintaining  effective  internal  control  over  financial reporting, and for its 
assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying 
Management’s Annual Report on Internal Controls over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an 
opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board 
(United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance 
about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our 
audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a 
material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control 
based  on  the  assessed  risk.  Our  audit  also  included  performing  such  other procedures as we considered 
necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance 
regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes 
in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.  A company's internal control over financial 
reporting  includes  those  policies  and  procedures  that  (a)  pertain  to  the  maintenance  of  records  that,  in 
reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; 
(b)  provide  reasonable  assurance  that  transactions  are  recorded  as  necessary  to  permit  preparation  of 
financial  statements  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles,  and  that  receipts  and 
expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and 
directors of the company; and (c) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of 
unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the 
financial statements. 

Elliott Davis Decosimo PLLC | www.elliottdavis.com 

A-26 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Because  of  its  inherent  limitations,  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  may  not  prevent  or  detect 
misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that 
controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the 
policies or procedures may deteriorate. 

In our opinion, Peoples Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal 
control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016, based on criteria established in Internal Control — 
Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in 
2013. 

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board 
(United States), the consolidated balance sheets of Peoples Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc. as of December 31, 
2016 and 2015, and the related consolidated statements of earnings, comprehensive income, changes in 
shareholders’ equity and cash flows for the years then ended, and our report dated March 16, 2017 expressed 
an unqualified opinion thereon.   

/s/ Elliott Davis Decosimo, PLLC 

Charlotte, North Carolina 
March 16, 2017 

A-27 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders
Peoples Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc. 

We  have  audited  the  accompanying  consolidated  statements  of  earnings,  comprehensive  income  (loss), 
changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2014 and the related notes to 
the  consolidated  financial  statements.  These  financial  statements  are  the  responsibility  of  the  Company’s 
management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.  

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board 
(United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance 
about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, 
nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included 
consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are 
appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the 
Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also 
includes  examining,  on  a  test  basis,  evidence  supporting  the  amounts  and  disclosures  in  the  financial 
statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well 
as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis 
for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the 
results of their operations and their cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2014, in conformity with U.S. 
generally accepted accounting principles.

Atlanta, Georgia
March 25, 2015

A-28

PEOPLES BANCORP OF NORTH CAROLINA, INC.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015

(Dollars in thousands)

Assets

December 31,
2016

December 31,
2015

Cash and due from banks, including reserve requirements

$

53,613

of $16,576 at 12/31/16 and $14,587 at 12/31/15

Interest-bearing deposits

Cash and cash equivalents

Investment securities available for sale
Other investments

Total securities

Mortgage loans held for sale

Loans
Less allowance for loan losses

Net loans

Premises and equipment, net
Cash surrender value of life insurance
Other real estate
Accrued interest receivable and other assets

Total assets

Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity

Deposits:

Noninterest-bearing demand
NOW, MMDA & savings
Time, $250,000 or more
Other time

Total deposits

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase
FHLB borrowings
Junior subordinated debentures
Accrued interest payable and other liabilities

Total liabilities

Commitments (Note 10)

Shareholders' equity:

16,481
70,094

249,946
2,635
252,581

5,709

723,811
(7,550)
716,261

16,452
14,952
283
11,659
1,087,991

271,851
477,054
26,771
117,242
892,918

36,434
20,000
20,619
10,592
980,563

$

$

29,194

10,569
39,763

268,530
3,636
272,166

4,149

689,091
(9,589)
679,502

16,976
14,546
739
10,640
1,038,481

244,231
431,052
26,891
130,001
832,175

27,874
43,500
20,619
9,449
933,617

Series A preferred stock, $1,000 stated value; authorized
5,000,000 shares; no shares issued and outstanding

Common stock, no par value; authorized

20,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding 5,417,800 shares
at December 31, 2016 and 5,510,538 shares at December 31, 2015

Retained earnings
Accumulated other comprehensive income

Total shareholders' equity

-

-

44,187
60,254
2,987
107,428

46,171
53,183
5,510
104,864

Total liabilities and shareholders' equity

$

1,087,991

1,038,481

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

A-29 

 
 
             
             
             
             
             
             
           
           
               
               
           
           
               
               
           
           
              
              
           
           
             
             
             
             
                  
                  
             
             
        
        
           
           
           
           
             
             
           
           
           
           
             
             
             
             
             
             
             
               
           
           
                   
                   
             
             
             
             
               
               
           
           
        
        
 
PEOPLES BANCORP OF NORTH CAROLINA, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Earnings

For the Years Ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

Interest income:

Interest and fees on loans
Interest on due from banks
Interest on investment securities:

U.S. Government sponsored enterprises
States and political subdivisions
Other

Total interest income

Interest expense:

NOW, MMDA & savings deposits
Time deposits
FHLB borrowings
Junior subordinated debentures
Other

Total interest expense

Net interest income

(Reduction of) provision for loan losses

2016

2015

2014

$

32,452
123

2,531
4,454
249
39,809

495
586
1,661
485
44
3,271

36,538

(1,206)

31,098
26

2,616
4,600
326
38,666

432
870
1,735
402
45
3,484

35,182

(17)

30,305
65

2,995
4,677
378
38,420

499
1,188
2,166
389
45
4,287

34,133

(699)

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

                37,744 

                35,199 

                34,832 

Non-interest income:
Service charges
Other service charges and fees
Gain on sale of securities
Mortgage banking income
Insurance and brokerage commissions
Gain (loss) on sales and write-downs of

other real estate

Miscellaneous

Total non-interest income

Non-interest expense:

Salaries and employee benefits
Occupancy
Professional fees
Advertising
Debit card expense
FDIC insurance
Other

Total non-interest expense

Earnings before income taxes

Income tax expense

Net earnings

Basic net earnings per common share

Diluted net earnings per common share

Cash dividends declared per common share

4,497
890
729
1,428
632

64
5,736
13,976

19,264
6,765
2,439
1,136
1,141
494
8,743
39,982

11,738

2,561

9,177

1.68

1.65

0.38

$

$

$

$

4,647
931
-
1,130
714

245
5,645
13,312

18,285
6,288
1,468
784
988
681
7,284
35,778

12,733

3,100

9,633

1.73

1.72

0.28

4,961
1,080
266
804
701

(622)
4,974
12,164

17,530
6,251
1,401
804
905
739
8,041
35,671

11,325

1,937

9,388

1.67

1.66

0.18

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

A-30 

 
 
               
               
               
                    
                      
                      
                 
                 
                 
                 
                 
                 
                    
                    
                    
               
               
               
                    
                    
                    
                    
                    
                 
                 
                 
                 
                    
                    
                    
                      
                      
                      
                 
                 
                 
               
               
               
                
                     
                   
                 
                 
                 
                    
                    
                 
                    
                     
                    
                 
                 
                    
                    
                    
                    
                      
                    
                   
                 
                 
                 
               
               
               
               
               
               
                 
                 
                 
                 
                 
                 
                 
                    
                    
                 
                    
                    
                    
                    
                    
                 
                 
                 
               
               
               
               
               
               
                 
                 
                 
                 
                 
                 
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
PEOPLES BANCORP OF NORTH CAROLINA, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

For the Years Ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

(Dollars in thousands)

Net earnings

$

9,177

9,633

9,388

2016

2015

2014

Other comprehensive income (loss):

Unrealized holding gains (losses) on securities 

available for sale

Reclassification adjustment for gains on 

securities available for sale
included in net earnings

Total other comprehensive income (loss),

before income taxes

Income tax (benefit) expense related to other
comprehensive (loss) income:

Unrealized holding gains (losses) on securities 

available for sale

Reclassification adjustment for gains on

securities available for sale
included in net earnings

Total income tax expense (benefit) related to

other comprehensive income (loss) 

Total other comprehensive income (loss),

net of tax

Total comprehensive income

$

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

(3,274)

(729)

(4,003)

(1,196)

(284)

(1,480)

(2,523)

6,654

93

-

93

36

-

36

57

9,690

11,117

(266)

10,851

4,330

(104)

4,226

6,625

16,013

A-31 

 
 
                 
                 
                 
                
                      
               
                   
                     
                   
                
                      
               
                
                      
                 
                   
                     
                   
                
                      
                 
                
                      
                 
                 
                 
               
 
 
PEOPLES BANCORP OF NORTH CAROLINA, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders' Equity

For the Years Ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

(Dollars in thousands)

Balance, December 31, 2013

Common stock
repurchase

Cash dividends declared on

common stock

Stock options exercised
Net earnings
Change in accumulated other
comprehensive income,

net of tax

Balance, December 31, 2014

Common stock
repurchase

Cash dividends declared on

common stock

Net earnings
Change in accumulated other
comprehensive income,

net of tax

Balance, December 31, 2015

Common stock
repurchase

Cash dividends declared on

common stock

Net earnings
Change in accumulated other
comprehensive income,

net of tax

Balance, December 31, 2016

Common
Stock
Shares
5,613,495

$

Common
Stock
Amount
48,133

Retained
Earnings
36,758

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (loss)

(1,172)

(4,537)

(82)

-

-
3,630
-

-
37
-

(1,022)
-
9,388

-

-
-
-

Total
83,719

(82)

(1,022)
37
9,388

-
5,612,588

$

-
48,088

-
45,124

6,625
5,453

6,625
98,665

(102,050)

(1,917)

-

-
-

-
-

(1,574)
9,633

-

-
-

(1,917)

(1,574)
9,633

-
5,510,538

$

-
46,171

-
53,183

57
5,510

57
104,864

(92,738)

(1,984)

-

-
-

-
-

(2,106)
9,177

-

-
-

(1,984)

(2,106)
9,177

-
5,417,800

$

-
44,187

-
60,254

(2,523)
2,987

(2,523)
107,428

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

A-32 

 
 
  
       
       
                
       
       
            
                 
                         
            
                 
                 
       
                         
       
         
              
                 
                         
              
                 
                 
         
                         
         
                 
                 
                 
                 
         
  
       
       
                 
       
   
       
                 
                         
       
                 
                 
       
                         
       
                 
                 
         
                         
         
                 
                 
                 
                      
              
  
       
       
                 
     
     
       
                 
                         
       
                 
                 
       
                         
       
                 
                 
         
                         
         
                 
                 
                 
                
       
  
       
       
                 
     
PEOPLES BANCORP OF NORTH CAROLINA, INC. 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

For the Years Ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

(Dollars in thousands)

2016

2015

2014

$

9,177

9,633

9,388

Cash flows from operating activities:

Net earnings
Adjustments to reconcile net earnings to

net cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation, amortization and accretion
Reduction of provision for loan losses
Deferred income taxes
Gain on sale of investment securities
Gain on sale of other real estate
Write-down of other real estate
Restricted stock expense
Proceeds from sales of loans held for sale
Origination of loans held for sale
Change in:

Cash surrender value of life insurance
Other assets
Other liabilities

Net cash provided by operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities:

Purchases of investment securities available for sale
Proceeds from sales, calls and maturities of investment securities

available for sale

Proceeds from paydowns of investment securities available for sale
Purchases of other investments
FHLB stock redemption
Net change in loans
Purchases of premises and equipment
Proceeds from sale of other real estate and repossessions
Net cash used by investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities:

Net change in deposits
Net change in securities sold under agreement to repurchase
Proceeds from FHLB borrowings
Repayments of FHLB borrowings
Proceeds from FRB borrowings
Repayments of FRB borrowings
Proceeds from Fed Funds Purchased
Repayments of Fed Funds Purchased
Stock options exercised
Common stock repurchased
Cash dividends paid on common stock

Net cash (used) provided by financing activities

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

$

A-33 

5,423
(1,206)
(547)
1,097
(81)
17
932
67,764
(69,324)

(406)
(818)
211
12,239

6,053
(17)
673
-
(363)
118
487
50,770
(53,544)

(421)
(408)
882
13,863

6,889
(699)
178
(266)
(5)
627
389
40,898
(40,020)

(419)
(2,534)
(12,509)
1,917

(12,707)

(19,220)

(32,851)

4,053
20,675
(255)
1,256
(36,116)
(1,610)
1,083
(23,621)

60,743
8,560
6,000
(29,500)
1
(1)
9,112
(9,112)
-
(1,984)
(2,106)
41,713
30,331

39,763

70,094

5,475
22,732
(6)
401
(43,441)
(2,354)
6,287
(30,126)

17,475
(20,556)
20,001
(26,501)
1
(1)
5,192
(5,192)
-
(1,917)
(1,574)
(13,072)
(29,335)

69,098

39,763

36,148
20,202
-
959
(36,692)
(3,120)
3,456
(11,898)

15,339
3,034
-
(15,000)
1
(1)
2,602
(2,602)
37
(82)
(1,022)
2,306
(7,675)

76,773

69,098

 
 
           
           
          
           
           
          
         
              
            
            
              
             
   
      
    
              
            
                
                
              
             
              
              
             
         
         
        
       
       
       
            
            
            
            
            
         
              
              
       
         
         
          
       
       
       
           
           
        
         
         
        
            
                
              
           
              
             
       
       
       
         
         
         
           
           
          
       
       
       
         
         
        
           
       
          
           
         
              
       
       
       
                  
                  
                 
                
                
                
           
           
          
         
         
         
              
              
               
         
         
              
         
         
         
         
       
          
         
       
         
         
         
        
         
         
        
 
PEOPLES BANCORP OF NORTH CAROLINA, INC. 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, continued

For the Years Ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

(Dollars in thousands)

2016

2015

2014

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:

Cash paid during the year for:

Interest
Income taxes

$
$

3,415
2,028

Noncash investing and financing activities:

Change in unrealized (loss) gain on investment securities

 available for sale, net

$
Transfer of loans to other real estate and repossessions $
$
Financed portion of sale of other real estate
$
Accrued redemption of Series A Preferred Stock

(2,523)
563
-
-

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

3,518
2,278

57
4,825
60
-

4,388
1,939

6,625
4,415
374
(12,524)

A-34 

 
 
                
                
                  
                
                
                  
      
             
          
                   
                
                  
                   
                     
                     
                   
                    
              
PEOPLES BANCORP OF NORTH CAROLINA, INC. 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

(1) 

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies 

Organization 
Peoples Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc. (“Bancorp”) received regulatory approval to operate as a bank holding 
company on July 22, 1999, and became effective August 31, 1999.  Bancorp is primarily regulated by the Board 
of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, and serves as the one-bank holding company for Peoples Bank (the 
“Bank”).   

The Bank commenced business in 1912 upon receipt of its banking charter from the North Carolina Commissioner 
of Banks (the “Commissioner”). The Bank is primarily regulated by the Commissioner and the Federal Deposit 
Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”) and undergoes periodic examinations by these regulatory agencies. The 
Bank, whose main office is in Newton, North Carolina, provides a full range of commercial and consumer banking 
services primarily in Catawba, Alexander, Lincoln, Mecklenburg, Iredell, Union, Wake, Durham and Forsyth 
counties in North Carolina.  

Peoples Investment Services, Inc. is a wholly owned subsidiary of the Bank and began operations in 1996 to 
provide investment and trust services through agreements with an outside party. 

Real Estate Advisory Services, Inc. (“REAS”) is a wholly owned subsidiary of the Bank and began operations in 
1997 to provide real estate appraisal and property management services to individuals and commercial customers 
of the Bank. 

Community Bank Real Estate Solutions, LLC (“CBRES”) is a wholly owned subsidiary of the Bank and began 
operations in 2009 as a “clearing house” for appraisal services for community banks.  Other banks are able to 
contract  with  CBRES to find and engage appropriate appraisal companies in the area where the  property is 
located.  CBRES was moved from a wholly owned subsidiary of Peoples Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc. to a 
wholly owned subsidiary of the Bank effective August 31, 2016. 

PB Real Estate Holdings, LLC (“PBREH”) is a wholly owned subsidiary of the Bank and began operation in 
2015.  PBREH acquires, manages and disposes of real property, other collateral and other assets obtained in the 
ordinary course of collecting debts previously contracted. 

The Bank operates four offices focused on the Latino population under the name Banco de la Gente.  These 
offices are operated as a division of the Bank.  Banco de la Gente offers normal and customary banking services 
as are offered in the Bank’s other branches such as the taking of deposits and the making of loans and therefore is 
not considered a reportable segment of the Company (as defined below). 

Principles of Consolidation 
The  consolidated  financial  statements  include  the  financial  statements  of  Bancorp  and  its  wholly  owned 
subsidiary, the Bank, along with the Bank’s wholly owned subsidiaries, Peoples Investment Services, Inc., REAS, 
CBRES and PBREH (collectively called the “Company”).  All significant intercompany balances and transactions 
have been eliminated in consolidation.   

Basis of Presentation 
The accounting principles followed by the Company, and the methods of applying these principles, conform with 
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) and with general practices in 
the banking industry. In preparing the financial statements in conformity with GAAP, management is required to 
make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts in the financial statements. Actual results could 
differ significantly from these estimates. Material estimates common to the banking industry that are particularly 
susceptible  to  significant  change  in  the  near  term  include,  but  are  not  limited  to,  the  determination  of  the 
allowance for loan losses and valuation of real estate acquired in connection with or in lieu of foreclosure on 
loans. 

Cash and Cash Equivalents 
Cash,  due  from  banks  and  interest-bearing  deposits  are  considered  cash  and  cash  equivalents  for  cash  flow 
reporting purposes.  

A-35 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Investment Securities 
There are three classifications the Company is able to classify its investment securities: trading, available for sale, 
or held to maturity. Trading securities are bought and held principally for sale in the near term. Held to maturity 
securities are those securities for which the Company has the ability and intent to hold until maturity. All other 
securities not included in trading or held to maturity are classified as available for sale. At December 31, 2016 and 
2015, the Company classified all of its investment securities as available for sale. 

Available for sale securities are recorded at fair value. Unrealized holding gains and losses, net of the related tax 
effect, are excluded from earnings and are reported as a separate component of shareholders’ equity until realized. 

Management evaluates investment securities for other-than-temporary impairment on an annual basis.  A decline 
in the market value of any investment below cost that is deemed other-than-temporary is charged to earnings for 
the decline in value deemed to be credit related and a new cost basis in the security is established.  The decline in 
value attributed to non-credit related factors is recognized in comprehensive income. 

Premiums and discounts are amortized or accreted over the life of the related security as an adjustment to the 
yield.  Realized gains and losses for securities classified as available for sale are included in earnings and are 
derived using the specific identification method for determining the cost of securities sold. 

Other Investments 
Other investments include equity securities with no readily determinable fair value.  These investments are carried 
at cost. 

Mortgage Loans Held for Sale 
Mortgage loans held for sale are carried at lower of aggregate cost or market value.  The cost of mortgage loans 
held for sale approximates the market value.   

Loans 
Loans that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity are reported at 
the principal amount outstanding, net of the allowance for loan losses. Interest on loans is calculated by using the 
simple interest method on daily balances of the principal amount outstanding.   The recognition of certain loan 
origination fee income and certain loan origination costs is deferred when such loans are originated and amortized 
over the life of the loan. 

A loan is impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that all amounts due according to 
the contractual terms of the loan will not be collected.  Impaired loans are measured based on the present value of 
expected future cash flows, discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, or at the loan’s observable market price, 
or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent.  

Accrual of interest is discontinued on a loan when management believes, after considering economic conditions 
and collection efforts, that the borrower’s financial condition is such that collection of interest is doubtful. Interest 
previously accrued but not collected is reversed against current period earnings. 

Allowance for Loan Losses 
The  allowance  for  loan  losses  reflects  management’s  assessment  and  estimate  of  the  risks  associated  with 
extending credit and its evaluation of the quality of the loan portfolio.  The Bank periodically analyzes the loan 
portfolio  in  an  effort  to  review  asset  quality  and  to  establish  an  allowance for loan losses that management 
believes will be adequate in light of anticipated risks and loan losses.  In assessing the adequacy of the allowance, 
size, quality and risk of loans in the portfolio are reviewed. Other factors considered are: 

•  the Bank’s loan loss experience;  
•  the amount of past due and non-performing loans;  
•  specific known risks;  
•  the status and amount of other past due and non-performing assets; 
•  underlying estimated values of collateral securing loans;  
•  current and anticipated economic conditions; and  
•  other factors which management believes affect the allowance for potential credit losses.  

A-36 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Management uses several measures to assess and monitor the credit risks in the loan portfolio, including a loan 
grading system that begins upon loan origination and continues until the loan is collected or collectability becomes 
doubtful. Upon loan origination, the Bank’s originating loan officer evaluates the quality of the loan and assigns 
one of eight risk grades. The loan officer monitors the loan’s performance and credit quality and makes changes to 
the credit grade as conditions warrant. When originated or renewed, all loans over a certain dollar amount receive 
in-depth reviews and risk assessments by the Bank’s Credit Administration. Before making any changes in these 
risk grades, management considers assessments as determined by the third party credit review firm (as described 
below), regulatory examiners and the Bank’s Credit Administration. Any issues regarding the risk assessments are 
addressed by the Bank’s senior credit administrators and factored into management’s decision to originate or 
renew the loan. The Bank’s Board of Directors reviews, on a monthly basis, an analysis of the Bank’s reserves 
relative to the range of reserves estimated by the Bank’s Credit Administration. 

As an additional measure, the Bank engages an independent third party to review the underwriting, documentation 
and risk grading analyses. This independent third party reviews and evaluates loan relationships greater than $1.0 
million, excluding loans in default, and loans in process of litigation or liquidation.  The third party’s evaluation 
and report is shared with management and the Bank’s Board of Directors. 

Management considers certain commercial loans with weak credit risk grades to be individually impaired and 
measures such impairment based upon available cash flows and the value of the collateral. Allowance or reserve 
levels are estimated for all other graded loans in the portfolio based on their assigned credit risk grade, type of 
loan and other matters related to credit risk. 

Management uses the information developed from the procedures described above in evaluating and grading the 
loan portfolio. This continual grading process is used to monitor the credit quality of the loan portfolio and to 
assist management in estimating the allowance for loan losses.  The provision for loan losses charged or credited 
to earnings is based upon management’s judgment of the amount necessary to maintain the allowance at a level 
appropriate to absorb probable incurred losses in the loan portfolio at the balance sheet date.  The amount each 
quarter is dependent upon many factors, including growth and changes in the composition of the loan portfolio, 
net charge-offs, delinquencies, management’s assessment of loan portfolio quality, the value of collateral, and 
other macro-economic factors and trends.  The evaluation of these factors is performed quarterly by management 
through an analysis of the appropriateness of the allowance for loan losses. 

The  allowance  for  loan  losses  is  comprised  of  three  components:  specific  reserves,  general  reserves  and 
unallocated reserves.  After a loan has been identified as impaired, management measures impairment.  When the 
measure of the impaired loan is less than the recorded investment in the loan, the amount of the impairment is 
recorded  as  a  specific  reserve.  These  specific  reserves are determined on an individual loan basis based on 
management’s current evaluation of the Bank’s loss exposure for each credit, given the appraised value of any 
underlying collateral. Loans for which specific reserves are provided are excluded from the general allowance 
calculations as described below. 

The general allowance reflects reserves established under GAAP for collective loan impairment.  These reserves 
are  based  upon  historical  net  charge-offs  using  the  greater  of  the  last  two,  three,  four  or  five  years’  loss 
experience.  This charge-off experience may be adjusted to reflect the effects of current conditions.  The Bank 
considers information derived from its loan risk ratings and external data related to industry and general economic 
trends in establishing reserves. 

The unallocated allowance is determined through management’s assessment of probable losses that are in the 
portfolio but are not adequately captured by the other two components of the allowance, including consideration 
of current economic and business conditions and regulatory requirements. The unallocated allowance also reflects 
management’s acknowledgement of the imprecision and subjectivity that underlie the modeling of credit risk.  Due 
to  the  subjectivity  involved  in  determining  the  overall  allowance,  including  the  unallocated  portion,  the 
unallocated portion may fluctuate from period to period based on management’s evaluation of the factors affecting 
the assumptions used in calculating the allowance. 

There were no significant changes in the estimation methods or fundamental assumptions used in the evaluation of 
the allowance for loan losses for the year ended December 31, 2016 as compared to the year ended December 31, 
2015.   Revisions, estimates and assumptions may be made in any period in which the supporting factors indicate 
that loss levels may vary from the previous estimates. 

A-37 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Effective December 31, 2012, stated income mortgage loans from the Banco de la Gente division of the Bank 
were analyzed separately from other single family residential loans in the Bank’s loan portfolio.  These loans are 
first mortgage loans made to the Latino market, primarily in Mecklenburg and surrounding counties.  These loans 
are non-traditional mortgages in that the customer normally did not have a credit history, so all credit information 
was  accumulated  by  the  loan  officers.    These  loans  were  made  as  stated  income  loans  rather  than  full 
documentation loans because the customer may not have had complete documentation on the income supporting 
the loan.  

Various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the Bank’s 
allowance for loan losses. Such agencies may require adjustments to the allowance based on their judgments of 
information available to them at the time of their examinations.  Management believes it has established the 
allowance for credit losses pursuant to GAAP, and has taken into account the views of its regulators and the 
current economic environment.  Management considers the allowance for loan losses adequate to cover the 
estimated  losses  inherent  in  the  Bank’s  loan  portfolio  as  of  the  date  of  the  financial  statements.  Although 
management uses the best information available to make evaluations, significant future additions to the allowance 
may be necessary based on changes in economic and other conditions, thus adversely affecting the operating 
results of the Company. 

Mortgage Banking Activities 
Mortgage banking income represents net gains from the sale of mortgage loans and fees received from borrowers 
and loan investors related to the Bank’s origination of single-family residential mortgage loans. 

Mortgage loans serviced for others are not included in the accompanying balance sheets. The unpaid principal 
balances of mortgage loans serviced for others was approximately $1.4 million, $1.6 million and $2.1 million at 
December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. 

The Bank originates certain fixed rate mortgage loans and commits these loans for sale.  The commitments to 
originate fixed rate mortgage loans and the commitments to sell these loans to a third party are both derivative 
contracts.  The fair value of these derivative contracts is immaterial and has no effect on the recorded amounts in 
the financial statements. 

Premises and Equipment 
Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed primarily 
using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. When assets are retired or otherwise 
disposed, the cost and related accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts, and any gain or loss is 
reflected in earnings for that period. The cost of maintenance and repairs that do not improve or extend the useful 
life of the respective asset is charged to earnings as incurred, whereas significant renewals and improvements are 
capitalized. The range of estimated useful lives for premises and equipment are generally as follows: 

Buildings and improvements
Furniture and equipment

10 - 50 years
3 - 10 years

Other Real Estate 
Foreclosed assets include all assets received in full or partial satisfaction of a loan.  Foreclosed assets are reported 
at fair value less estimated selling costs.  Any write-downs at the time of foreclosure are charged to the allowance 
for loan losses.  Subsequent to foreclosure, valuations are periodically performed by management, and a valuation 
allowance is established if fair value less estimated selling costs declines below carrying value.  Costs relating to 
the development and improvement of the property are capitalized.  Revenues and expenses from operations are 
included in other expenses.  Changes in the valuation allowance are included in loss on sale and write-down of 
other real estate.   

Income Taxes 
Deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  are  recognized  for  the  future  tax  consequences  attributable  to  differences 
between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. 
Additionally, the recognition of future tax benefits, such as net operating loss carryforwards, is required to the 
extent that the realization of such benefits is more likely than not to occur. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are 
measured  using  enacted  tax  rates  expected  to  apply  to  taxable  income  in  the  years  in  which  the  assets  and 
liabilities are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax 
rates is recognized in income tax expense in the period that includes the enactment date. 

A-38 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In the event the future tax consequences of differences between the financial reporting bases and the tax bases of 
the Company’s assets and liabilities results in a deferred tax asset, an evaluation of the probability of being able to 
realize the future benefits indicated by such asset is required. A valuation allowance is provided for the portion of 
the deferred tax asset when it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax asset will not be 
realized. In assessing the realizability of a deferred tax asset, management considers the scheduled reversals of 
deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, and tax planning strategies. 

Tax effects from an uncertain tax position can be recognized in the financial statements only when it is more likely 
than not that the tax position will be sustained upon examination by the appropriate taxing authority that would 
have full knowledge of all relevant information.  A tax position that meets the more likely than not recognition 
threshold is measured at the largest amount of benefit that is greater than fifty percent likely of being realized upon 
ultimate settlement.  Previously recognized tax positions that no longer meet the more likely than not recognition 
threshold should be derecognized in the first subsequent financial reporting period in which that threshold is no 
longer met.  The Company assessed the impact of this guidance and determined that it did not have a material 
impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or disclosures. 

Derivative Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities 
In the normal course of business, the Company enters into derivative contracts to manage interest rate risk by 
modifying the characteristics of the related balance sheet instruments in order to reduce the adverse effect of 
changes in interest rates. All material derivative financial instruments are recorded at fair value in the financial 
statements.  The fair value of derivative contracts related to the origination of fixed rate mortgage loans and the 
commitments to sell these loans to a third party is immaterial and has no effect on the recorded amounts in the 
financial statements. 

The disclosure requirements for derivatives and hedging activities have the intent to provide users of financial 
statements with an enhanced understanding of: (a) how and why an entity uses derivative instruments, (b) how 
derivative instruments and related hedged items are accounted for and (c) how derivative instruments and related 
hedged  items  affect  an  entity’s  financial  position,  financial  performance,  and  cash  flows.    The  disclosure 
requirements include qualitative disclosures about objectives and strategies for using derivatives, quantitative 
disclosures about the fair value of, and gains and losses on, derivative instruments, and disclosures about credit-
risk-related contingent features in derivative instruments. 

On the date a derivative contract is entered into, the Company designates the derivative as a fair value hedge, a 
cash flow hedge, or a trading instrument. Changes in the fair value of instruments used as fair value hedges are 
accounted for in the earnings of the period simultaneous with accounting for the fair value change of the item 
being hedged. Changes in the fair value of the effective portion of cash flow hedges are accounted for in other 
comprehensive income rather than earnings. Changes in fair value of instruments that are not intended as a hedge 
are accounted for in the earnings of the period of the change. 

If a derivative instrument designated as a fair value hedge is terminated or the hedge designation removed, the 
difference between a hedged item’s then carrying amount and its face amount is recognized into income over the 
original hedge period. Likewise, if a derivative instrument designated as a cash flow hedge is terminated or the 
hedge  designation  removed,  related  amounts  accumulated  in  other  accumulated  comprehensive  income  are 
reclassified into earnings over the original hedge period during which the hedged item affects income. 

The accounting for changes in the fair value of derivatives depends on the intended use of the derivative, whether 
the Company has elected to designate a derivative in a hedging relationship and apply hedge accounting and 
whether  the  hedging  relationship  has  satisfied  the  criteria  necessary  to  apply  hedge  accounting.  Derivatives 
designated and qualifying as a hedge of the exposure to changes in the fair value of an asset, liability, or firm 
commitment  attributable  to  a  particular  risk,  such  as  interest  rate  risk,  are  considered  fair  value  hedges. 
Derivatives designated and qualifying as a hedge of the exposure to variability in expected future cash flows, or 
other types of forecasted transactions, are considered cash flow hedges. Hedge accounting generally provides for 
the matching of the timing of gain or loss recognition on the hedging instrument with the recognition of the 
changes in the fair value of the hedged asset or liability that are attributable to the hedged risk in a fair value hedge 
or the earnings effect of the hedged forecasted transactions in a cash flow hedge.  The Company may enter into 
derivative contracts that are intended to economically hedge certain of its risks, even though hedge accounting 
does not apply or the Company elects not to apply hedge accounting. 

The  Company  formally  documents  all  hedging  relationships,  including  an  assessment  that  the  derivative 
instruments are expected to be highly effective in offsetting the changes in fair values or cash flows of the hedged 
items. 

A-39 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Advertising Costs 
Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. 

Stock-Based Compensation 
The  Company  has  an  Omnibus  Stock  Ownership  and  Long  Term  Incentive  Plan  that  was  approved  by 
shareholders on May 7, 2009 (the “Plan”) whereby certain stock-based rights, such as stock options, restricted 
stock, restricted stock units, performance units, stock appreciation rights or book value shares, may be granted to 
eligible directors and employees.  A total of 262,520 shares are currently reserved for possible issuance under the 
Plan.   All stock-based rights under the Plan must be granted or awarded by May 7, 2019 (i.e., ten years from the 
Plan effective date).  

The Company granted 29,514 restricted stock units under the Plan at a grant date fair value of $7.90 per share 
during the first quarter of 2012, of which 5,355 restricted stock units were forfeited by the executive officers of the 
Company as required by the agreement with the U.S. Department of the Treasury (“UST”) in conjunction with the 
Company’s participation in the Capital Purchase Program (“CPP”) under the Troubled Asset Relief Program 
(“TARP”).  In July 2012, the Company granted 5,355 restricted stock units at a grant date fair value of $8.25 per 
share. The Company granted 26,795 restricted stock units under the Plan at a grant date fair value of $11.90 per 
share during the second quarter of 2013.  The Company granted 21,056 restricted stock units under the Plan at a 
grant date fair value of $15.70 per share during the first quarter of 2014.  The Company granted 15,075 restricted 
stock units under the Plan at a grant date fair value of $17.97 per share during the first quarter of 2015.  The 
Company granted 5,040 restricted stock units under the Plan at a grant date fair value of $18.60 per share during 
the first quarter of 2016.  The Company recognizes compensation expense on the restricted stock units over the 
period of time the restrictions are in place (five years from the grant date for the 2012 grants, four years from the 
grant date for the 2013, 2015 and 2016 grants and three years from the grant date for the 2014 grants).  The 
amount of expense recorded each period reflects the changes in the Company’s stock price during such period.  As 
of December 31, 2016, the total unrecognized compensation expense related to the restricted stock unit grants 
under the Plan was $396,000. 

The Company recognized compensation expense for restricted stock units granted under the Plan of  $932,000, 
$487,000 and $389,000 for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.   

Net Earnings Per Share 
Net earnings per common share is based on the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during 
the period while the effects of potential common shares outstanding during the period are included in diluted 
earnings per common share. The average market price during the year is used to compute equivalent shares.   

The reconciliations of the amounts used in the computation of both “basic earnings per common share” and 
“diluted earnings per common share” for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 are as follows: 

For the year ended December 31, 2016

Basic earnings per share
Effect of dilutive securities:

Restricted stock units

Diluted earnings per share

For the year ended December 31, 2015

Basic earnings per share
Effect of dilutive securities:

Restricted stock units

Diluted earnings per share

 Net Earnings 
(Dollars in 
thousands) 

9,177

-
9,177

 Net Earnings 
(Dollars in 
thousands) 

9,633

-
9,633

$

$

$

$

 Weighted 
Average 
Number of 
Shares 
5,477,245

70,734
5,547,979

 Weighted 
Average 
Number of 
Shares 
5,559,235

47,954
5,607,189

 Per Share 
Amount 
1.68

1.65

 Per Share 
Amount 
1.73

1.72

$

$

$

$

A-40 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                   
  
          
                       
       
                   
  
          
 
 
                   
  
          
                       
       
                   
  
          
 
For the year ended December 31, 2014

Basic earnings per share
Effect of dilutive securities:

Restricted stock units

Diluted earnings per share

 Net Earnings 
(Dollars in 
thousands) 

9,388

-
9,388

$

$

 Weighted 
Average 
Number of 
Shares 
5,615,666

26,326
5,641,992

 Per Share 
Amount 
1.67

1.66

$

$

Recent Accounting Pronouncements 
In February 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update 
(“ASU”) No. 2016-02, (Topic 842):  Leases.  ASU No. 2016-02 increases transparency and comparability among 
organizations by recognizing lease assets and lease liabilities on the balance sheet and disclosing key information 
about leasing arrangements.  ASU No. 2016-02 is effective for annual periods, and interim periods within those 
annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2018.  The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a 
material impact on the Company’s results of operations, financial position or disclosures. 

In  June  2016,  FASB  issued  ASU  No.  2016-13,  (Topic  326):    Measurement  of  Credit  Losses  on  Financial 
Instruments.  ASU No. 2016-13 provides guidance to change the accounting for credit losses and modify the 
impairment model for certain debt securities. ASU No. 2016-13 is effective for annual periods, and interim 
periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2019.  The Company is currently evaluating 
the effect that implementation of the new standard will have on its results of operations, financial position and 
disclosures. 

In October 2016, FASB issued ASU No. 2016-16, (Topic 740):  Intra-Entity Transfers of Assets Other Than 
Inventory.  ASU No. 2016-16 eliminates the exception for all intra-entity sales of assets other than inventory.  
ASU No. 2016-16 is effective for annual periods, and interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after 
December 15, 2017.  The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s 
results of operations, financial position or disclosures. 

In October 2016, FASB issued ASU No. 2016-17, (Topic 810):  Interests Held through Related Parties That Are 
under Common Control.  ASU No. 2016-17 amends the consolidation guidance on how a reporting entity that is 
the single decision maker of a variable interest entity should treat indirect interests in the entity held through 
related parties that are under common control with the reporting entity when determining whether it is the primary 
beneficiary of that variable interest entity.  ASU No. 2016-17 is effective for annual periods, and interim periods 
within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2016.  The adoption of this guidance is not expected to 
have a material impact on the Company’s results of operations, financial position or disclosures. 

In November 2016, FASB issued ASU No. 2016-18, (Topic 230):  Restricted Cash.  ASU No. 2016-18 clarifies 
guidance on the classification and presentation of restricted cash in the statement of cash flows.  ASU No. 2016-
18 is effective for annual periods, and interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 
2017.  The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s results of 
operations, financial position or disclosures. 

In December 2016, FASB issued ASU No. 2016-20, (Topic 606):  Technical Corrections and Improvements to 
Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers.  ASU No. 2016-20 make a limited number of revisions to 
several pieces of the revenue recognition standard issued in 2014.  ASU No. 2016-20 is effective for annual 
periods, and interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2017.  The adoption of 
this guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s results of operations, financial position 
or disclosures. 

Other accounting standards that have been issued or proposed by FASB or other standards-setting bodies are not 
expected to have a material impact on the Company’s results of operations, financial position or disclosures. 

Reclassification 
Certain amounts in the 2014 and 2015 consolidated financial statements have been reclassified to conform to the 
2016 presentation. 

A-41 

 
 
                   
  
          
                       
       
                   
  
          
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(2) 

Investment Securities  

Investment securities available for sale at December 31, 2016 and 2015 are as follows: 

(Dollars in thousands)

Mortgage-backed securities
U.S. Government

sponsored enterprises

State and political subdivisions
Corporate bonds
Trust preferred securities
Total

$

$

(Dollars in thousands)

 Amortized 
Cost 

66,654

38,188
137,832
1,500
750
244,924

Mortgage-backed securities
U.S. Government

sponsored enterprises

State and political subdivisions
Corporate bonds
Trust preferred securities
Equity securities
Total

 Amortized 
Cost 

$

76,406

38,173
141,500
1,928
750
748
259,505

$

December 31, 2016

 Gross 
Unrealized 
Gains 

 Gross 
Unrealized 
Losses 

1,221

308
4,176
33
-
5,738

290

274
152
-
-
716

December 31, 2015

 Gross 
Unrealized 
Gains 

 Gross 
Unrealized 
Losses 

1,526

399
6,817
-
-
577
9,319

45

155
72
22
-
-
294

 Estimated 
Fair Value 
67,585

38,222
141,856
1,533
750
249,946

 Estimated 
Fair Value 
77,887

38,417
148,245
1,906
750
1,325
268,530

The current fair value and associated unrealized losses on investments in debt securities with unrealized losses at 
December 31, 2016 and 2015 are summarized in the tables below, with the length of time the individual securities 
have been in a continuous loss position.   

(Dollars in thousands)

Mortgage-backed securities
U.S. Government

sponsored enterprises

State and political subdivisions
Total

$

(Dollars in thousands)

Mortgage-backed securities
U.S. Government

sponsored enterprises

State and political subdivisions
Corporate bonds
Total

$

Less than 12 Months

December 31, 2016
12 Months or More

 Fair Value 
15,594

$

 Unrealized 
Losses 
290

 Fair Value 

-

10,120
10,441
36,155

94
123
507

9,562
561
10,123

Less than 12 Months

December 31, 2015
12 Months or More

 Fair Value 
7,891

$

 Unrealized 
Losses 
45

 Fair Value 

-

 Unrealized 
Losses 

-

180
29
209

 Unrealized 
Losses 

-

142
68
-
210

Total

 Fair Value 
15,594

 Unrealized 
Losses 
290

19,682
11,002
46,278

274
152
716

Total

 Fair Value 
7,891

 Unrealized 
Losses 
45

13,902
6,128
1,500
29,421

155
72
22
294

3,074
2,198
1,500
14,663

13
4
22
84

10,828
3,930
-
14,758

A-42 

 
 
 
 
            
            
               
            
            
               
               
            
          
            
               
          
              
                 
                
              
                 
                
                
                 
          
            
               
          
 
            
            
                 
            
            
               
               
            
          
            
                 
          
              
                
                 
              
                 
                
                
                 
                 
               
                
              
          
            
               
          
 
 
        
            
              
            
        
            
        
              
          
            
        
            
        
            
             
              
        
            
        
            
        
            
        
            
 
          
              
              
            
          
              
          
              
        
            
        
            
          
                
          
              
          
              
          
              
              
            
          
              
        
              
        
            
        
            
 
At December 31, 2016, unrealized losses in the investment securities portfolio relating to debt securities totaled 
$716,000.  The unrealized losses on these debt securities arose due to changing interest rates and are considered to 
be temporary.  From the December 31, 2016 tables above, one out of 168 securities issued by state and political 
subdivisions contained unrealized losses and five out of 80 securities issued by U.S. Government sponsored 
enterprises,  including  mortgage-backed  securities,  contained  unrealized  losses.    These  unrealized  losses  are 
considered temporary because of acceptable financial condition and results of operations on each security and the 
repayment sources of principal and interest on U.S. Government sponsored enterprises, including mortgage-
backed securities, are government backed. 

The  Company  periodically  evaluates  its  investments  for  any  impairment  which  would  be  deemed  other-than-
temporary.   No investment impairments were deemed other-than-temporary in 2016, 2015 or 2014.   

The amortized cost and estimated fair value of investment securities available for sale at December 31, 2016, by 
contractual  maturity,  are  shown  below.  Expected  maturities  of  mortgage-backed  securities  will  differ  from 
contractual maturities because borrowers have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or 
prepayment penalties. 

December 31, 2016
(Dollars in thousands)

Due within one year
Due from one to five years
Due from five to ten years
Due after ten years
Mortgage-backed securities
Equity securities
Total

 Amortized 
Cost 

7,304
81,366
77,498
12,102
66,654
-
244,924

$

$

 Estimated 
Fair Value 
7,341
84,100
78,751
12,169
67,585
-
249,946

During 2016, proceeds from sales of securities available for sale were $1.5 million and resulted in gross gains of 
$729,000.  No securities available for sale were sold during the year ended December 31, 2015.  During 2014, 
proceeds from sales of securities available for sale were $20.2 million and resulted in gross gains of $291,000 and 
gross losses of $25,000.   

Securities with a fair value of approximately $95.6 million and $91.0 million at December 31, 2016 and 2015, 
respectively, were pledged to secure public deposits, Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta (“FHLB”) borrowings 
and for other purposes as required by law. 

GAAP establishes a framework for measuring fair value and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. 
There is a three-level fair value hierarchy for fair value measurements.  Level 1 inputs are quoted prices in active 
markets for identical assets or liabilities that a company has the ability to access at the measurement date. Level 2 
inputs are inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, 
either directly or indirectly. Level 3 inputs are unobservable inputs for the asset or liability.  The table below 
presents the balance of securities available for sale, which are measured at fair value on a recurring basis by level 
within the fair value hierarchy as of December 31, 2016 and 2015. 

(Dollars in thousands)

Mortgage-backed securities
U.S. Government

sponsored enterprises

State and political subdivisions
Corporate bonds
Trust preferred securities

December 31, 2016

Fair Value 
Measurements
$                  

67,585

Level 1 
Valuation
-

Level 2 
Valuation

67,585

Level 3 
Valuation
-

$                  
$                
$                    
$                       

38,222
141,856
1,533
750

-
-
-
-

38,222
141,856
1,533
-

-
-
-
750

A-43 

 
 
 
  
 
              
              
            
            
            
            
            
            
            
            
                 
                  
          
          
 
 
 
 
              
           
                
              
           
                
              
         
                
              
             
                
              
                    
           
 
(Dollars in thousands)

Mortgage-backed securities
U.S. Government

sponsored enterprises

State and political subdivisions
Corporate bonds
Trust preferred securities
Equity securities

December 31, 2015

Fair Value 
Measurements

$                  

77,887

Level 1 
Valuation
-

Level 2 
Valuation

77,887

Level 3 
Valuation
-

$                  
$                
$                    
$                       
$                    

38,417
148,245
1,906
750
1,325

-
-
-
-
1,325

38,417
148,245
1,906
-
-

-
-
-
750
-

Fair values of investment securities available for sale are determined by obtaining quoted prices on nationally 
recognized securities exchanges when available.  If quoted prices are not available, fair value is determined using 
matrix pricing, which is a mathematical technique used widely in the industry to value debt securities without 
relying exclusively on quoted prices for the specific securities but rather by relying on the securities’ relationship 
to other benchmark quoted securities.   

The following is an analysis of fair value measurements of investment securities available for sale using Level 3, 
significant unobservable inputs, for the year ended December 31, 2016.  

(Dollars in thousands)

Balance, beginning of period
Change in book value
Change in gain/(loss) realized and unrealized
Purchases/(sales and calls)
Transfers in and/or (out) of Level 3
Balance, end of period

 Investment Securities 
Available for Sale 
 Level 3 Valuation 

$                              

750
-
-
-
-
750

$                              

Change in unrealized gain/(loss) for assets still held in Level 3

$                                  
-

 (3) 

Loans 

Major classifications of loans at December 31, 2016 and 2015 are summarized as follows: 

A-44 

 
 
              
           
                
              
           
                
              
         
                
              
             
                
              
                    
           
       
                    
                
 
 
 
                                    
                                    
                                    
                                    
 
 
 
December 31, 2016

December 31, 2015

(Dollars in thousands)

Real estate loans:

Construction and land development
Single-family residential
Single-family residential - 

Banco de la Gente stated income

Commercial
Multifamily and farmland
Total real estate loans

Loans not secured by real estate:

Commercial loans 
Farm loans 
Consumer loans
All other loans 

Total loans

Less allowance for loan losses

$

61,749
240,700

40,189
247,521
21,047
611,206

87,596
-
9,832
15,177

723,811

7,550

65,791
220,690

43,733
228,526
18,080
576,820

91,010
3
10,027
11,231

689,091

9,589

679,502

Total net loans

$

716,261

The above table includes deferred costs, net of deferred fees, totaling $1.4 million and $488,000 at December 31, 
2016 and 2015, respectively.  

The Bank grants loans and extensions of credit primarily within the Catawba Valley region of North Carolina, 
which encompasses Catawba, Alexander, Iredell and Lincoln counties and also in Mecklenburg, Union, Wake, 
Durham and Forsyth counties of North Carolina.  Although the Bank has a diversified loan portfolio, a substantial 
portion of the loan portfolio is collateralized by improved and unimproved real estate, the value of which is 
dependent upon the real estate market.  Risk characteristics of the major components of the Bank’s loan portfolio 
are discussed below: 

•  Construction and land development loans – The risk of loss is largely dependent on the initial estimate of 
whether the property’s value at completion equals or exceeds the cost of property construction and the 
availability of take-out financing.  During the construction phase, a number of factors can result in delays 
or cost overruns.  If the estimate is inaccurate or if actual construction costs exceed estimates, the value 
of the property securing the loan may be insufficient to ensure full repayment when completed through a 
permanent loan, sale of the property, or by seizure of collateral.  As of December 31, 2016, construction 
and land development loans comprised approximately 9% of the Bank’s total loan portfolio. 

•  Single-family residential loans – Declining home sales volumes, decreased real estate values and higher 
than normal levels of unemployment could contribute to losses on these loans.  As of December 31, 
2016, single-family residential loans comprised approximately 39% of the Bank’s total loan portfolio, 
including Banco de la Gente single-family residential stated income loans which were approximately 6% 
of the Bank’s total loan portfolio. 

•  Commercial real estate loans – Repayment is dependent on income being generated in amounts sufficient 
to cover operating expenses and debt service.  These loans also involve greater risk because they are 
generally not fully amortizing over a loan period, but rather have a balloon payment due at maturity.  A 
borrower’s ability to make a balloon payment typically will depend on being able to either refinance the 
loan or timely sell the underlying property.  As of December 31, 2016, commercial real estate loans 
comprised approximately 34% of the Bank’s total loan portfolio. 

•  Commercial loans – Repayment is generally dependent upon the successful operation of the borrower’s 
business.   In addition, the collateral securing the loans may depreciate over time, be difficult to appraise, 
be  illiquid,  or  fluctuate  in  value  based  on  the  success  of  the  business.    As  of  December  31,  2016, 
commercial loans comprised approximately 12% of the Bank’s total loan portfolio. 

A-45 

 
 
                      
                          
                    
                        
                      
                          
                    
                        
                      
                          
                    
                        
                      
                          
                                
                                   
                        
                          
                      
                          
                    
                        
                        
                            
                    
                        
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loans are considered past due if the required principal and interest payments have not been received as of the date 
such payments were due. Loans are placed on non-accrual status when, in management’s opinion, the borrower 
may  be  unable  to  meet  payment  obligations  as  they  become  due,  as  well  as  when  required  by  regulatory 
provisions. Loans may be placed on non-accrual status regardless of whether or not such loans are considered past 
due. When interest accrual is discontinued, all unpaid accrued interest is reversed. Interest income is subsequently 
recognized only to the extent cash payments are received in excess of principal due. Loans are returned to accrual 
status when all the principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current and future payments are 
reasonably assured. 

The following tables present an age analysis of past due loans, by loan type, as of December 31, 2016 and 2015: 

December 31, 2016
(Dollars in thousands)

Real estate loans:

Construction and land development
Single-family residential
Single-family residential - 

Banco de la Gente stated income

Commercial
Multifamily and farmland
Total real estate loans

Loans not secured by real estate:

Commercial loans 
Farm loans 
Consumer loans
All other loans 
Total loans

December 31, 2015
(Dollars in thousands)

Real estate loans:

Construction and land development
Single-family residential
Single-family residential - 

Banco de la Gente stated income

Commercial
Multifamily and farmland
Total real estate loans

Loans not secured by real estate:

Commercial loans 
Farm loans 
Consumer loans
All other loans 
Total loans

$

$

$

$

 Loans 30-89 
Days Past 
Due 

 Loans 90 or 
More Days 
Past Due 

 Total 
Past Due 
Loans 

 Total 
Current 
Loans 

 Total 
Loans 

 Accruing 
Loans 90 or 
More Days 
Past Due 

-
4,890

5,250
342
471
10,953

273
-
68
3
11,297

10
80

249
126
-
465

-
-

6

-
471

10
4,970

61,739
235,730

61,749
240,700

5,499
468
471
11,418

273
-
74
3
11,768

34,690
247,053
20,576
599,788

40,189
247,521
21,047
611,206

87,323
-
9,758
15,174
712,043

87,596
-
9,832
15,177
723,811

-
-

-
-
-
-

-
-
-
-
-

 Loans 30-89 
Days Past 
Due 

 Loans 90 or 
More Days 
Past Due 

 Total 
Past Due 
Loans 

 Total 
Current 
Loans 

 Total 
Loans 

 Accruing 
Loans 90 or 
More Days 
Past Due 

17
1,385

114
157
-
1,673

40
-

8

-
1,721

347
4,207

65,444
216,483

65,791
220,690

7,135
2,776
-
14,465

225
-
144
-
14,834

36,598
225,750
18,080
562,355

43,733
228,526
18,080
576,820

90,785
3
9,883
11,231
674,257

91,010
3
10,027
11,231
689,091

-
-

-
-
-
-

17
-
-
-
17

330
2,822

7,021
2,619
-
12,792

185
-
136
-
13,113

A-46 

 
 
 
 
                
                
           
    
    
              
            
                
      
  
  
              
            
              
      
    
    
              
               
              
         
  
  
              
               
               
         
    
    
              
          
              
    
  
  
              
               
               
         
    
    
              
                
               
         
          
          
              
                 
                  
           
      
      
              
                   
               
             
    
    
              
          
              
    
  
  
              
 
               
                
         
    
    
              
            
           
      
  
  
              
            
              
      
    
    
              
            
              
      
  
  
              
                
               
         
    
    
              
          
           
    
  
  
              
               
                
         
    
    
               
                
               
         
             
             
              
               
                  
         
      
    
              
                
               
         
    
    
              
          
           
    
  
  
               
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table presents the Bank’s non-accrual loans as of December 31, 2016 and 2015: 

(Dollars in thousands)

Real estate loans:

Construction and land development
Single-family residential
Single-family residential - 

Banco de la Gente stated income

Commercial

     Multifamily and farmland

Total real estate loans

Loans not secured by real estate:

Commercial loans 
Consumer loans 

Total 

December 31, 2016

December 31, 2015

$

$

22
1,662

1,340
669
78
3,771

21
33
3,825

146
4,023

1,106
2,992
-
8,267

113
52
8,432

At each reporting period, the Bank determines which loans are impaired.  Accordingly, the Bank’s impaired loans 
are reported at their estimated fair value on a non-recurring basis.  An allowance for each impaired loan that is 
collateral-dependent is calculated based on the fair value of its collateral.  The fair value of the collateral is based 
on appraisals performed by REAS, a subsidiary of the Bank.  REAS is staffed by certified appraisers that also 
perform  appraisals  for  other  companies.    Factors,  including  the  assumptions  and  techniques  utilized  by  the 
appraiser, are considered by management.  If the recorded investment in the impaired loan exceeds the measure of 
fair value of the collateral, a valuation allowance is recorded as a component of the allowance for loan losses.  An 
allowance for each impaired loan that is not collateral dependent is calculated based on the present value of 
projected cash flows.  If the recorded investment in the impaired loan exceeds the present value of projected cash 
flows, a valuation allowance is recorded as a component of the allowance for loan losses.  Impaired loans under 
$250,000  are  not  individually  evaluated  for  impairment  with  the  exception  of  the  Bank’s  troubled  debt 
restructured  (“TDR”)  loans  in  the  residential  mortgage  loan  portfolio,  which  are  individually  evaluated  for 
impairment.    Impaired  loans  collectively  evaluated  for  impairment  totaled  $5.9  million  and  $8.4  million  at 
December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.  Accruing impaired loans were $23.5 million and $25.0 million at 
December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively.  Interest income recognized on accruing impaired loans 
was $1.2 million and $1.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.  No interest 
income is recognized on non-accrual impaired loans subsequent to their classification as non-accrual. 

The following tables present the Bank’s impaired loans as of December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014: 

December 31, 2016
(Dollars in thousands)

 Unpaid 
Contractual 
Principal 
Balance 

 Recorded 
Investment 
With No 
Allowance 

 Recorded 
Investment 
With 
Allowance 

 Recorded 
Investment 
in Impaired 
Loans 

 Related 
Allowance 

 Average 
Outstanding 
Impaired 
Loans 

 YTD 
Interest 
Income 
Recognized 

Real estate loans:

Construction and land development $
Single-family residential
Single-family residential - 

Banco de la Gente stated income

Commercial
Multifamily and farmland

Total impaired real estate loans

Loans not secured by real estate:

Commercial loans
Consumer loans 

Total impaired loans

$

282
5,354

18,611
3,750
78
28,075

27
211
28,313

-
703

-
1,299
-
2,002

-
-
2,002

278
4,323

18,074
2,197
78
24,950

27
202
25,179

278
5,026

18,074
3,496
78
26,952

27
202
27,181

11
47

1,182
166
-
1,406

-

3
1,409

330
7,247

17,673
4,657
78
29,985

95
222
30,302

13
164

861
152
-
1,190

-

8
1,198

A-47 

 
 
 
                            
                          
                       
                       
                       
                       
                          
                       
                            
                          
                       
                       
                            
                          
                            
                            
                       
                       
 
 
 
             
              
             
            
             
               
                 
          
             
          
         
             
            
               
        
              
        
       
        
          
               
          
          
          
         
           
            
               
               
              
               
              
            
                 
                
        
          
        
       
        
          
            
               
              
               
              
            
                 
                
             
              
             
            
               
               
                   
        
          
        
       
        
          
            
 
December 31, 2015
(Dollars in thousands)

 Unpaid 
Contractual 
Principal 
Balance 

 Recorded 
Investment 
With No 
Allowance 

 Recorded 
Investment 
With 
Allowance 

 Recorded 
Investment 
in Impaired 
Loans 

 Related 
Allowance 

 Average 
Outstanding 
Impaired 
Loans 

 YTD 
Interest 
Income 
Recognized 

Real estate loans:

Construction and land development $
Single-family residential
Single-family residential - 

Banco de la Gente stated income

Commercial
Multifamily and farmland

Total impaired real estate loans

Loans not secured by real estate:

Commercial loans
Consumer loans 

Total impaired loans

$

643
8,828

20,375
4,556
96
34,498

180
286
34,964

December 31, 2014
(Dollars in thousands)

216
1,489

-
-
-
1,705

-
-
1,705

226
6,805

19,215
4,893
83
31,222

161
260
31,643

442
8,294

19,215
4,893
83
32,927

161
260
33,348

12
189

1,143
179
-
1,523

3
4
1,530

705
10,852

18,414
5,497
93
35,561

132
283
35,976

18
224

921
89
6
1,258

5
11
1,274

 Unpaid 
Contractual 
Principal 
Balance 

 Recorded 
Investment 
With No 
Allowance 

 Recorded 
Investment 
With 
Allowance 

 Recorded 
Investment 
in Impaired 
Loans 

 Related 
Allowance 

 Average 
Outstanding 
Impaired 
Loans 

 YTD 
Interest 
Income 
Recognized 

Real estate loans:

Construction and land development $
Single-family residential
Single-family residential - 

Banco de la Gente stated income

Commercial
Multifamily and farmland

Total impaired real estate loans

5,481
6,717

21,243
4,752
111
38,304

3,639
933

-
1,485
-
6,057

Loans not secured by real estate:

Commercial loans
Farm loans (non RE)
Consumer loans 

Total impaired loans

$

218

-

318
38,840

-
6,057

555
5,540

20,649
2,866
110
29,720

201
-
313
30,234

4,194
6,473

20,649
4,351
110
35,777

31
154

1,191
272
1
1,649

5,248
7,430

19,964
4,399
154
37,195

201

4

641

313
36,291

5
1,658

309
38,145

20
214

952
76
-
1,262

2

12
1,276

The fair value measurements for mortgage loans held for sale, impaired loans and other real estate on a non-
recurring basis at December 31, 2016 and 2015 are presented below.  The Company’s valuation methodology is 
discussed in Note 15. 

(Dollars in thousands)

Mortgage loans held for sale
Impaired loans
Other real estate

(Dollars in thousands)

Mortgage loans held for sale
Impaired loans
Other real estate

Fair Value 
Measurements 
December 31, 2016
$                      
5,709
$                    
25,931
$                         
283

Level 1 
Valuation
-
-
-

Level 2 
Valuation

Level 3 
Valuation

Fair Value 
Measurements 
December 31, 2015
$                      
4,149
$                    
31,818
$                         
739

Level 1 
Valuation
-
-
-

Level 2 
Valuation

A-48 

-
-
-

-
-
-

5,709
25,931
283

Level 3 
Valuation

4,149
31,818
739

 
 
             
             
             
            
             
               
                 
          
          
          
         
           
          
               
        
              
        
       
        
          
               
          
              
          
         
           
            
                 
               
              
               
              
            
                 
                   
        
          
        
       
        
          
            
             
              
             
            
               
               
                   
             
              
             
            
               
               
                 
        
          
        
       
        
          
            
 
          
          
             
         
             
            
                 
          
             
          
         
           
            
               
        
              
        
       
        
          
               
          
          
          
         
           
            
                 
             
              
             
            
               
               
                
        
          
        
       
        
          
            
             
              
             
            
               
               
                   
             
             
              
             
            
               
               
                 
        
          
        
       
        
          
            
 
 
                  
                      
            
                  
                      
          
                  
                      
               
 
                  
                      
            
                  
                      
          
                  
                      
               
 
(Dollars in thousands)

Mortgage loans 
held for sale
Impaired loans

Fair Value 
December 31, 2016
$                     
5,709

Fair Value 
December 31, 2015
4,149

$                   

25,931

31,818

Other real estate

$                        

283

739

General Range 
of Significant 
Unobservable 
Input Values
N/A

0 - 25%

0 - 25%

Significant 
Unobservable 
Inputs
N/A

Valuation 
Technique
Rate lock 
commitment
 Appraised value 
and discounted 
cash flows 

Discounts to 
reflect current 
market conditions 
and ultimate 
collectability
 Appraised value  Discounts to 
reflect current 
market conditions 
and estimated 
costs to sell

Changes in the allowance for loan losses for the year ended December 31, 2016 were as follows: 

(Dollars in thousands)

Real Estate Loans

Single-
Family 
Residential 
- Banco de 
la Gente 
Stated 
Income

Construction 
and Land 
Development

Single-
Family 
Residential

Multifamily 
and 

Commercial

Farmland Commercial Farm

Consumer 
and All 
Other

Unallocated

Total

-
-
-
-
-

-

-
-

-

-

-

172
(492)
151
373
204

-

204
204

25,009

-

25,009

479
-
-
(108)
371

9,589
(1,238)
405
(1,206)
7,550

-

1,319

371
371

6,231
7,550

-

-

-

723,811

21,301

702,510

Allowance for loan losses:
Beginning balance
Charge-offs
Recoveries
Provision

Ending balance

Ending balance: individually 
evaluated for impairment
Ending balance: collectively
evaluated for impairment

Ending balance

Loans:
Ending balance

Ending balance: individually 
evaluated for impairment
Ending balance: collectively
evaluated for impairment

$           

$           

2,185
(7)
10
(1,036)
1,152

2,534
(275)
55
(188)
2,126

1,460
-
-
(83)
1,377

1,917
(318)
19
(25)
1,593

$                   
-

-

1,160

159

1,152
1,152

$           

2,126
2,126

217
1,377

1,434
1,593

-
-
-
52
52

-

52
52

842
(146)
170
(191)
675

-

675
675

$         

61,749

240,700

40,189

247,521

21,047

87,596

$                   
-

935

16,718

3,648

-

-

$         

61,749

239,765

23,471

243,873

21,047

87,596

A-49 

 
 
                       
                     
                          
 
         
         
          
                  
             
        
           
              
       
                   
           
                 
            
                  
            
        
         
                   
     
                  
              
                 
               
                  
             
        
           
                   
          
            
           
             
              
               
            
        
           
             
     
         
         
          
               
             
        
           
              
       
                 
         
             
                  
                  
        
               
                   
       
             
         
            
          
               
             
        
           
              
       
         
         
          
               
             
        
           
              
       
     
       
      
        
        
        
      
                   
   
            
       
          
                  
                  
        
               
                   
     
     
       
      
        
        
        
      
                   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Changes in the allowance for loan losses for the year ended December 31, 2015 were as follows: 

(Dollars in thousands)

Real Estate Loans

Single-
Family 
Residential 
- Banco de 
la Gente 
Stated 
Income

Construction 
and Land 
Development

Single-
Family 
Residential

Multifamily 
and 

Commercial

Farmland Commercial Farm

Consumer 
and All 
Other

Unallocated

Total

Allowance for loan losses:
Beginning balance
Charge-offs
Recoveries
Provision

Ending balance

Ending balance: individually 
evaluated for impairment
Ending balance: collectively
evaluated for impairment

Ending balance

Loans:
Ending balance

Ending balance: individually 
evaluated for impairment
Ending balance: collectively
evaluated for impairment

$           

$           

2,785
(198)
45
(447)
2,185

2,566
(618)
34
552
2,534

1,610
(117)
22
(55)
1,460

1,902
(329)
21
323
1,917

$                   
-

96

1,115

171

2,185
2,185

$           

2,438
2,534

345
1,460

1,746
1,917

7
-
-
(7)
-

-

-
-

1,098
(37)
101
(320)
842

-

842
842

$         

65,791

220,690

43,733

228,526

18,080

91,010

$              

216

2,636

17,850

4,212

-

-

$         

65,575

218,054

25,883

224,314

18,080

91,010

-
-
-
-
-

-

-
-

3

-

3

233
(545)
145
339
172

-

172
172

21,258

-

21,258

881
-
-
(402)
479

11,082
(1,844)
368
(17)
9,589

-

1,382

479
479

8,207
9,589

-

-

-

689,091

24,914

664,177

Changes in the allowance for loan losses for the year ended December 31, 2014 were as follows: 

(Dollars in thousands)

Real Estate Loans

Single-
Family 
Residential 
- Banco de 
la Gente 
Stated 
Income

Construction 
and Land 
Development

Single-
Family 
Residential

Multifamily 
and 

Commercial

Farmland Commercial Farm

Consumer 
and All 
Other

Unallocated

Total

Allowance for loan losses:
Beginning balance
Charge-offs
Recoveries
Provision

Ending balance

Ending balance: individually 
evaluated for impairment

Ending balance: collectively
evaluated for impairment

Ending balance

Loans:
Ending balance

Ending balance: individually 
evaluated for impairment

Ending balance: collectively
evaluated for impairment

$           

$           

3,218
(884)
428
23
2,785

3,123
(309)
72
(320)
2,566

1,863
(190)
16
(79)
1,610

2,219
(290)
171
(198)
1,902

$                   
-

82

1,155

260

2,785
2,785

$           

2,484
2,566

455
1,610

1,642
1,902

37
-
-
(30)
7

-

7
7

1,069
(430)
54
405
1,098

-

1,098
1,098

$         

57,617

206,417

47,015

228,558

12,400

76,262

$           

3,639

2,298

18,884

3,345

-

-

$         

53,978

204,119

28,131

225,213

12,400

76,262

-
-
-
-
-

-

-
-

7

-

7

245
(534)
176
346
233

-

233
233

23,615

-

23,615

1,727
-
-
(846)
881

13,501
(2,637)
917
(699)
11,082

-

1,497

881
881

9,585
11,082

-

-

-

651,891

28,166

623,725

The Bank utilizes an internal risk grading matrix to assign a risk grade to each of its loans.  Loans are graded on a 
scale of 1 to 8.  These risk grades are evaluated on an ongoing basis.  A description of the general characteristics 
of the eight risk grades is as follows: 

•  Risk Grade 1 – Excellent Quality: Loans are well above average quality and a minimal amount of credit 
risk exists.  CD or cash secured loans or properly margined actively traded stock or bond secured loans 
would fall in this grade. 

•  Risk Grade 2 – High Quality: Loans are of good quality with risk levels well within the Company’s range 
of acceptability.  The organization or individual is established with a history of successful performance 
though somewhat susceptible to economic changes. 

A-50 

 
 
 
         
         
          
                 
          
        
           
              
     
               
           
           
            
                  
              
        
         
                   
     
                  
              
              
               
                  
             
        
           
                   
          
               
            
             
             
                
            
        
           
             
          
         
         
          
                  
             
        
           
              
       
              
         
             
                  
                  
        
               
                   
       
             
         
            
          
                  
             
        
           
              
       
         
         
          
                  
             
        
           
              
       
     
       
      
        
        
        
      
                   
   
         
       
          
                  
                  
        
               
                   
     
     
       
      
        
        
        
      
                   
   
 
         
         
          
               
          
        
           
           
     
               
           
           
            
                  
            
        
         
                   
     
                
              
              
             
                  
               
        
           
                   
          
                  
           
             
            
              
             
        
           
             
        
         
         
          
                 
          
        
           
              
     
              
         
             
                  
                  
        
               
                   
       
             
         
            
          
                 
          
        
           
              
       
         
         
          
                 
          
        
           
              
     
     
       
      
        
        
        
      
                   
   
         
       
          
                  
                  
        
               
                   
     
     
       
      
        
        
        
      
                   
   
 
•  Risk Grade 3 – Good Quality: Loans of average quality with risk levels within the Company’s range of 
acceptability but higher than normal. This may be a new organization or an existing organization in a 
transitional phase (e.g. expansion, acquisition, market change). 

•  Risk Grade 4 – Management Attention: These loans have higher risk and servicing needs but still are 
acceptable.  Evidence  of  marginal  performance  or  deteriorating  trends  is  observed.    These  are  not 
problem credits presently, but may be in the future if the borrower is unable to change its present course. 
•  Risk Grade 5 – Watch: These loans are currently performing satisfactorily, but there has been some 
recent past due history on repayment and there are potential weaknesses that may, if not corrected, 
weaken the asset or inadequately protect the Company’s position at some future date.   

•  Risk Grade 6 – Substandard: A Substandard loan is inadequately protected by the current sound net 
worth and paying capacity of the obligor or the collateral pledged (if there is any).  There is a well-
defined weakness or weaknesses that jeopardize the liquidation of the debt.  There is a distinct possibility 
that the Company will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected. 

•  Risk  Grade  7  –  Doubtful:  Loans  classified  as  Doubtful  have  all  the  weaknesses  inherent  in  loans 
classified Substandard, plus the added characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation 
in full on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions, and values highly questionable and improbable. 
Doubtful is a temporary grade where a loss is expected but is presently not quantified with any degree of 
accuracy. Once the loss position is determined, the amount is charged off. 

•  Risk Grade 8 – Loss: Loans classified as Loss are considered uncollectable and of such little value that 
their continuance as bankable assets is not warranted.  This classification does not mean that the asset has 
absolutely no recovery or salvage value, but rather that it is not practical or desirable to defer writing off 
this worthless loan even though partial recovery may be realized in the future.  Loss is a temporary grade 
until the appropriate authority is obtained to charge the loan off. 

The following tables present the credit risk profile of each loan type based on internally assigned risk grades as of 
December 31, 2016 and 2015. 

December 31, 2016
(Dollars in thousands)

Real Estate Loans

Single-
Family 
Residential 
- Banco de 
la Gente 
Stated 
Income

Construction 
and Land 
Development

Single-
Family 
Residential

Multifamily 
and 

Commercial

Farmland Commercial Farm Consumer All Other

Total

1- Excellent Quality
2- High Quality
3- Good Quality
4- Management Attention
5- Watch
6- Substandard
7- Doubtful
8- Loss
Total

-
$                   
9,784
33,633
10,892
7,229
211
-
-
61,749

$         

14,996
109,809
82,147
25,219
4,682
3,847
-
-
240,700

-
-
16,703
15,580
3,943
3,963
-
-
40,189

-
39,769
176,109
24,753
4,906
1,984
-
-
247,521

-
2,884
14,529
2,355
1,201
78
-
-
21,047

541
26,006
55,155
5,586
246
62
-
-
87,596

-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-

959
3,335
4,842
619
31
42
-
4
9,832

-
2,507
10,921
1,749
-
-
-
-
15,177

16,496
194,094
394,039
86,753
22,238
10,187
-
4
723,811

December 31, 2015
(Dollars in thousands)

Real Estate Loans

Single-
Family 
Residential 
- Banco de 
la Gente 
Stated 
Income

Construction 
and Land 
Development

Single-
Family 
Residential

Multifamily 
and 

Commercial

Farmland Commercial Farm Consumer All Other

Total

1- Excellent Quality
2- High Quality
3- Good Quality
4- Management Attention
5- Watch
6- Substandard
7- Doubtful
8- Loss
Total

-
$                   
10,144
35,535
12,544
7,265
303
-
-
65,791

$         

15,189
86,061
78,843
30,259
4,322
6,016
-
-
220,690

-
-
19,223
15,029
3,308
6,173
-
-
43,733

A-51 

-
38,647
148,805
31,824
4,561
4,689
-
-
228,526

-
2,998
12,058
335
2,689
-
-
-
18,080

700
24,955
58,936
5,905
332
182
-
-
91,010

-
-
3     
-
-
-
-
-
3     

1,091
3,647
4,571
620
43
55
-
-
10,027

-
1,665
7,828
1,738
-
-
-
-
11,231

16,980
168,117
365,802
98,254
22,520
17,418
-
-
689,091

 
 
 
 
       
                 
                 
                  
             
      
          
              
     
             
     
                 
        
          
        
      
       
      
   
           
       
       
      
        
        
      
       
    
   
           
       
       
        
          
          
      
          
      
     
             
         
         
          
          
             
      
            
              
     
                
         
         
          
               
               
      
            
              
     
                     
                 
                 
                 
                  
                 
      
               
              
               
                     
                 
                 
                 
                  
                 
      
              
              
              
     
       
      
        
        
      
       
    
   
       
                 
                 
                  
             
      
       
              
     
           
       
                 
        
          
        
      
       
      
   
           
       
       
      
        
        
       
      
   
           
       
       
        
             
          
      
          
      
     
             
         
         
          
          
             
      
            
              
     
                
         
         
          
                  
             
      
            
              
     
                     
                 
                 
                 
                  
                 
      
               
              
               
                     
                 
                 
                 
                  
                 
      
               
              
               
     
       
      
        
        
     
    
   
TDR loans modified in 2016, past due TDR loans and non-accrual TDR loans totaled $5.9 million and $8.8 
million  at  December  31,  2016  and  December  31,  2015,  respectively.    The  terms  of  these  loans  have  been 
renegotiated to provide a concession to original terms, including a reduction in principal or interest as a result of 
the deteriorating financial position of the borrower.  There were $81,000 and  $354,000 in performing loans 
classified as TDR loans at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively. 

The following table presents an analysis of loan modifications during the year ended December 31, 2016: 

Year ended December 31, 2016
(Dollars in thousands)

Real estate loans:

Single-family residential

Total TDR loans

Pre-Modification 
Outstanding 
Recorded 
Investment

Post-Modification 
Outstanding 
Recorded 
Investment

Number of 
Contracts

3

3

$

$

124

124

121

121

During the year ended December 31, 2016, three loans were modified that were considered to be new TDR loans. 
 The interest rate was modified on these TDR loans. 

The following table presents an analysis of loan modifications during the year ended December 31, 2015: 

Year ended December 31, 2015
(Dollars in thousands)

Real estate loans:

Construction and land development
Single-family residential
Total TDR loans

Pre-Modification 
Outstanding 
Recorded 
Investment

Post-Modification 
Outstanding 
Recorded 
Investment

Number of 
Contracts

1
3
4

$

$

216
288
504

216
271
487

During the year ended December 31, 2015, four loans were modified that were considered to be new TDR loans.   
The interest rate was modified on these TDR loans. 

There were no TDR loans with a payment default occurring within 12 months of the restructure date, and the 
payment default occurring during the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015.  TDR loans are deemed to be in 
default if they become past due by 90 days or more.   

(4) 

Premises and Equipment 

Major classifications of premises and equipment at December 31, 2016 and 2015 are summarized as follows: 

(Dollars in thousands)

Land
Buildings and improvements
Furniture and equipment

Total premises and equipment

Less accumulated depreciation

 2016 

 2015 

$

3,670
16,398
19,996

40,064

23,612

3,669
15,889
19,462

39,020

22,044

16,976

Total net premises and equipment

$

16,452

A-52 

 
 
 
 
                   
                           
                           
                   
                           
                           
 
 
 
                   
                           
                           
                   
                           
                           
                   
                           
                           
 
 
 
 
 
              
              
            
            
            
            
            
            
            
            
            
            
 
The Company recognized approximately $2.1 million in depreciation expense for the year ended December 31, 
2016.  Depreciation expense was approximately $2.4 million and $2.5 million for the years ended December 31, 
2015 and 2014, respectively.   

(5) 

Time Deposits 

At December 31, 2016, the scheduled maturities of time deposits are as follows: 

(Dollars in thousands)

2017
2018
2019
2020
2021 and thereafter

Total

$

86,817
33,184
15,207
5,287
3,518

$

144,013

At December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Bank had approximately $7.2 million and $4.3 million, respectively, in time 
deposits  purchased  through  third  party  brokers,  including  certificates  of  deposit  participated  through  the 
Certificate of Deposit Account Registry Service (“CDARS”) on behalf of local customers.  CDARS balances 
totaled $7.2 million and $4.1 million as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.  The weighted average rate 
of brokered deposits as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 was 0.05% and 0.10%, respectively. 

(6) 

Federal Home Loan Bank and Federal Reserve Bank Borrowings 

The Bank has borrowings from the FHLB with monthly or quarterly interest payments at December 31, 2016.  The 
FHLB borrowings are collateralized by a blanket assignment on all residential first mortgage loans, home equity 
lines of credit and loans secured by multi-family real estate that the Bank owns.  At December 31, 2016, the 
carrying value of loans pledged as collateral totaled approximately $128.3 million.  The remaining availability 
under the line of credit with the FHLB was $66.8 million at December 31, 2016.   

Borrowings from the FHLB outstanding at December 31, 2016 and 2015 consist of the following: 

December 31, 2016
(Dollars in thousands)

Maturity Date

October 17, 2018

October 17, 2018

October 17, 2018

May 8, 2018

December 31, 2015
(Dollars in thousands)

Maturity Date

October 17, 2018

October 17, 2018

October 17, 2018

October 17, 2018

May 8, 2018

May 8, 2018

Call Date
N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

Rate

Rate Type

 Amount 

4.050% Adjustable Rate Hybrid

$

4.065% Adjustable Rate Hybrid

4.120% Adjustable Rate Hybrid

2.683% Adjustable Rate Hybrid

$

5,000

5,000

5,000

5,000
20,000

Call Date
N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

Rate

Rate Type

 Amount 

3.485% Adjustable Rate Hybrid

$

3.725% Adjustable Rate Hybrid

3.500% Adjustable Rate Hybrid

3.555% Adjustable Rate Hybrid

2.144% Adjustable Rate Hybrid

3.734%

Floating to Fixed

$

5,000

15,000

5,000

5,000

5,000

8,500
43,500

A-53 

 
 
 
 
 
            
            
            
              
              
          
 
 
 
 
 
             
             
             
             
           
 
             
           
             
             
             
             
           
 
The Bank is required to purchase and hold certain amounts of FHLB stock in order to obtain FHLB borrowings. 
No ready market exists for the FHLB stock, and it has no quoted market value. The stock is redeemable at $100 
per share subject to certain limitations set by the FHLB. The Bank owned $1.8 million and $2.8 million of FHLB 
stock, included in other investments, at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. 

The Bank prepaid FHLB borrowings totaling $23.5 million in 2016 with prepayment penalties totaling $1.3 
million.  The Bank prepaid FHLB borrowings totaling $6.5 million in 2015 with prepayment penalties totaling 
$504,000.   

As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Bank had no borrowings from the Federal Reserve Bank (“FRB”).  FRB 
borrowings are collateralized by a blanket assignment on all qualifying loans that the Bank owns which are not 
pledged  to  the  FHLB.    At  December  31,  2016,  the  carrying  value  of  loans  pledged  as  collateral  totaled 
approximately $374.5 million.  Availability under the line of credit with the FRB was $289.7 million at December 
31, 2016.   

(7) 

Junior Subordinated Debentures 

In June 2006, the Company formed a second wholly owned Delaware statutory trust, PEBK Capital Trust II 
(“PEBK Trust II”), which issued $20.0 million of guaranteed preferred beneficial interests in the Company’s 
junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures.  All of the common securities of PEBK Trust II are owned by 
the Company.  The proceeds from the issuance of the common securities and the trust preferred securities were 
used  by  PEBK  Trust  II  to  purchase  $20.6  million  of  junior  subordinated  debentures  of the Company.  The 
proceeds received by the Company from the sale of the junior subordinated debentures were used to repay in 
December 2006 the trust preferred securities issued in December 2001 by PEBK Capital Trust, a wholly owned 
Delaware statutory trust of the Company, and for general purposes.  The debentures represent the sole assets of 
PEBK Trust II.  PEBK Trust II is not included in the consolidated financial statements. 

The trust preferred securities issued by PEBK Trust II accrue and pay interest quarterly at a floating rate of three-
month LIBOR plus 163 basis points.  The Company has guaranteed distributions and other payments due on the 
trust preferred securities to the extent PEBK Trust II does not have funds with which to make the distributions and 
other payments.  The net combined effect of all the documents entered into in connection with the trust preferred 
securities is that the Company is liable to make the distributions and other payments required on the trust preferred 
securities. 

These trust preferred securities are mandatorily redeemable upon maturity of the debentures on June 28, 2036, or 
upon earlier redemption as provided in the indenture.  The Company has the right to redeem the debentures 
purchased by PEBK Trust II, in whole or in part, which became effective on June 28, 2011.  As specified in the 
indenture, if the debentures are redeemed prior to maturity, the redemption price will be the principal amount plus 
any accrued but unpaid interest. 

(8) 

Income Taxes 

The provision for income taxes is summarized as follows: 

(Dollars in thousands)

Current expense
Deferred income tax expense

Total income tax

 2016 

 2015 

 2014 

$

$

1,464
1,097
2,561

2,427
673
3,100

1,759
178
1,937

The differences between the provision for income taxes and the amount computed by applying the statutory 
federal income tax rate to earnings before income taxes are as follows: 

A-54 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
            
            
             
            
               
                
            
            
             
 
 
(Dollars in thousands)

 2016 

 2015 

 2014 

Tax expense at statutory rate (34%)
State income tax, net of federal income tax effect
Tax-exempt interest income
Increase in cash surrender value of life insurance
Nondeductible interest and other expense
Other

Total

$

$

3,991
339
(1,681)
(138)
78
(28)
2,561

4,329
494
(1,682)
(143)
103
(1)
3,100

3,851
(283)
(1,630)
(143)
119
23
1,937

The following summarizes the tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the 
deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities.  The net deferred tax asset is included as a component of other 
assets at December 31, 2016 and 2015. 

(Dollars in thousands)

Deferred tax assets:

Allowance for loan losses
Accrued retirement expense
Other real estate
Federal credit carryforward
State credit carryforward
Restricted stock 
Accrued bonuses
Interest income on nonaccrual loans
Other than temporary impairment
Other

Total gross deferred tax assets

Deferred tax liabilities:
Deferred loan fees
Accumulated depreciation
Prepaid expenses
Other
Unrealized gain on available for sale securities

Total gross deferred tax liabilities

Net deferred tax asset

 2016 

 2015 

$

$

2,717
1,616
-
326
14
745
216
27
14
23
5,698

797
532
78
23
1,807
3,237

2,461

3,513
1,574
33
-
-
417
238
88
374
16
6,253

588
172
59
70
3,308
4,197

2,056

The Company has analyzed the tax positions taken or expected to be taken in its tax returns and has concluded that 
it has no liability related to uncertain tax positions. 

The Company’s tax filings for years 2013 through 2016 were at year end 2016 open to audit under statutes of 
limitations by the Internal Revenue Service and State taxing authorities. 

(9) 

Related Party Transactions   

The Company conducts transactions with its directors and executive officers, including companies in which they 
have beneficial interests, in the normal course of business. It is the policy of the Company that loan transactions 
with directors and officers are made on substantially the same terms as those prevailing at the time made for 
comparable loans to other persons. The following is a summary of activity for related party loans for 2016 and 
2015: 

A-55 

 
 
            
            
             
               
               
               
           
           
            
              
              
               
                 
               
                
                
                  
                  
            
            
             
 
 
            
            
            
            
                
                 
               
                
                 
                
               
               
               
               
                 
                 
                 
               
                 
                 
            
            
               
               
               
               
                 
                 
                 
                 
            
            
            
            
            
            
 
 
 
 
 
(Dollars in thousands)

Beginning balance
New loans
Repayments
Ending balance

2016

2015

$

$

5,674
6,048
(7,219)
4,503

6,055
7,857
(8,238)
5,674

At December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company had deposit relationships with related parties of approximately 
$27.8 million and $22.1 million, respectively.  

A director of the Company is an officer and partial owner of the construction company engaged to renovate the 
Bank’s Corporate Center located at 518 West C Street, Newton, North Carolina.  During 2016 the Company paid 
a total of approximately $209,000 to this construction company for such renovation work.  At December 31, 2016, 
the  remaining  commitment  to  this  construction  company  for  renovation  work  not  yet  completed  was 
approximately $2.2 million. 

(10) 

Commitments and Contingencies 

The Company leases various office spaces for banking and operational facilities and equipment under operating 
lease arrangements. Future minimum lease payments required for all operating leases having a remaining term in 
excess of one year at December 31, 2016 are as follows: 

(Dollars in thousands)

Year ending December 31, 
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
Thereafter
Total minimum obligation

$

$

632
611
601
602
591
1,611
4,648

Total rent expense was approximately $752,000, $702,000 and $691,000 for the years ended December 31, 2016, 
2015 and 2014, respectively. 

The Bank is party to financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the 
financing needs of its customers.  These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit, standby 
letters of credit and financial guarantees.  Those instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit risk in 
excess of the amount recognized in the balance sheet.  The contract amounts of those instruments reflect the extent 
of involvement the Bank has in particular classes of financial instruments.   

The exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party to the financial instrument for 
commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit and financial guarantees written is represented by the 
contractual amount of those instruments. The Bank uses the same credit policies in making commitments and 
conditional obligations as it does for on-balance-sheet instruments. 

In most cases, the Bank requires collateral or other security to support financial instruments with credit risk. 

(Dollars in thousands)

Financial instruments whose contract amount represent credit risk:

Commitments to extend credit

Standby letters of credit and financial guarantees written

$

$

195,528

3,728

189,351

3,872

Contractual Amount
2016
2015

A-56 

 
 
              
              
              
              
            
            
              
              
 
 
 
 
 
                 
                 
                 
                 
                 
              
              
 
 
 
 
 
           
           
               
               
 
 
 
Commitments  to  extend  credit  are  agreements  to  lend  to  a  customer  as  long  as  there  is  no  violation  of any 
condition established in the contract.  Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates and because they may 
expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amount of $199.3 million does not necessarily represent 
future cash requirements.  

Standby letters of credit and financial guarantees written are conditional commitments issued by the Bank to 
guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. Those guarantees are primarily issued to businesses in 
the Bank’s delineated market area. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as 
that involved in extending loan facilities to customers. The Bank holds real estate, equipment, automobiles and 
customer deposits as collateral supporting those commitments for which collateral is deemed necessary. 

In the normal course of business, the Company is a party (both as plaintiff and defendant) to a number of lawsuits. 
In the opinion of management and counsel, none of these cases should have a material adverse effect on the 
financial position of the Company. 

Bancorp and the Bank have employment agreements with certain key employees. The agreements, among other 
things, include salary, bonus, incentive compensation, and change in control provisions. 

The Company has $59.5 million available for the purchase of overnight federal funds from five correspondent 
financial institutions as of December 31, 2016. 

At December 31, 2016, the Bank has a commitment to invest $3 million in an income tax credit partnership 
owning and developing two multifamily housing developments in Charlotte, North Carolina, with $1.5 million 
allocated to each property.  The Bank funded $136,000 of this commitment in 2016. 

(11) 

Employee and Director Benefit Programs  

The Company has a profit sharing and 401(k) plan for the benefit of substantially all employees subject to certain 
minimum age and service requirements. Under the 401(k) plan, the Company matched employee contributions to a 
maximum of 4.00% of annual compensation in 2014, 2015 and 2016.  The Company’s contribution pursuant to 
this  formula  was  approximately  $565,000,  $539,000  and  $439,000  for  the  years  2016,  2015  and  2014, 
respectively.  Investments of the 401(k) plan are determined by a committee comprised of senior management.  No 
investments in Company stock have been made by the 401(k) plan. Prior to January 1, 2015, the vesting schedule 
for the 401(k) plan began at 20 percent after two years of employment and graduated 20 percent each year until 
reaching 100 percent after six years of employment.  Effective January 1, 2015, contributions to the 401(k) plan 
are vested immediately. 

In December 2001, the Company initiated a postretirement benefit plan to provide retirement benefits to key 
officers and its Board of Directors and to provide death benefits for their designated beneficiaries.  Under the 
postretirement benefit plan, the Company purchased life insurance contracts on the lives of the key officers and 
each director.  The increase in cash surrender value of the contracts constitutes the Company’s contribution to the 
postretirement benefit plan each year.  Postretirement benefit plan participants are to be paid annual benefits for a 
specified  number  of  years  commencing  upon  retirement.  Expenses  incurred  for  benefits  relating  to  the 
postretirement benefit plan were approximately $428,000, $413,000 and $422,000 for the years 2016, 2015 and 
2014, respectively. 

The Company is currently paying medical benefits for certain retired employees. The Company did not incur any 
postretirement medical benefits expense in 2016, 2015 and 2014 due to an excess accrual balance. 

The  following  table  sets  forth  the  change  in  the  accumulated  benefit  obligation  for  the  Company’s  two 
postretirement benefit plans described above: 

(Dollars in thousands)

Benefit obligation at beginning of period
Service cost
Interest cost
Benefits paid
Benefit obligation at end of period

A-57 

 2016 

 2015 

$

$

3,993
346
67
(232)
4,174

3,812
334
65
(218)
3,993

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
            
            
               
               
                 
                 
              
              
            
            
 
The amounts recognized in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 are 
shown in the following two tables: 

(Dollars in thousands)

Benefit obligation
Fair value of plan assets

(Dollars in thousands)

Funded status
Unrecognized prior service cost/benefit
Unrecognized net actuarial loss
Net amount recognized

Unfunded accrued liability
Intangible assets
Net amount recognized

 2016 

 2015 

4,174
-

3,993
-

 2016 

 2015 

(4,174)
-
-
(4,174)

(4,174)
-
(4,174)

(3,993)
-
-
(3,993)

(3,993)
-
(3,993)

$

$

$

$

$

Net periodic benefit cost of the Company’s postretirement benefit plans for the years ended December 31, 2016, 
2015 and 2014 consisted of the following: 

(Dollars in thousands)

Service cost
Interest cost
Net periodic cost

 2016 

 2015 

 2014 

$

$

346
67
413

334
65
399

348
67
415

Weighted average discount rate assumption

used to determine benefit obligation

5.47%

5.47%

5.47%

The Company paid benefits under the two postretirement plans totaling $232,000 and $218,000 during the years 
ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.  Information about the expected benefit payments for the 
Company’s two postretirement benefit plans is as follows: 

(Dollars in thousands)

Year ending December 31,
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
Thereafter

(12) 

Regulatory Matters 

$
$
$
$
$
$

263
275
310
363
364
9,077

The Company is subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. 
Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary 
actions  by  regulators  that,  if  undertaken,  could  have  a  direct  material  effect  on  the  Company’s  financial 
statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the 
Company must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the assets, liabilities and 
certain off-balance-sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The capital amounts and 
classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings, and 
other factors. 

A-58 

 
 
 
            
            
                
                
 
           
           
                
                
                
                
           
           
           
           
                
                
           
           
 
 
               
               
               
                 
                 
                 
               
               
               
 
 
               
               
               
               
               
            
 
 
 
Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Company to maintain 
minimum amounts and ratios of capital in relation to both on- and off-balance sheet items at various risk weights. 
Total capital consists of two tiers of capital. Tier 1 Capital includes common shareholders’ equity and trust 
preferred securities less adjustments for intangible assets. Tier 2 Capital consists of the allowance for loan losses, 
up to 1.25% of risk-weighted assets and other adjustments.  Management believes, as of December 31, 2016, that 
the Company and the Bank meet all capital adequacy requirements to which they are subject. 

As of December 31, 2016, the most recent notification from the FDIC categorized the Bank as well capitalized 
under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as well capitalized the Bank must 
maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier 1 risk-based and Tier 1 leverage ratios as set forth in the table below. 
There have been no conditions or events since that notification that management believes have changed the Bank’s 
category. 

In 2013, the Federal Reserve Board approved its final rule on the Basel III capital standards, which implement 
changes to the regulatory capital framework for banking organizations.  The Basel III capital standards, which 
became effective January 1, 2015, include new risk-based capital and leverage ratios, which will be phased in 
from 2015 to 2019. The new minimum capital level requirements applicable to the Company and the Bank under 
the final rules are as follows: (i) a new common equity Tier 1 capital ratio of 4.5%; (ii) a Tier 1 capital ratio of 6% 
(increased from 4%); (iii) a total risk based capital ratio of 8% (unchanged from previous rules); and (iv) a Tier 1 
leverage ratio of 4% (unchanged from previous rules).  An additional capital conservation buffer will be added to 
the minimum requirements for capital adequacy purposes beginning on January 1, 2016 at 0.625% and will be 
phased in through 2019 (increasing by 0.625% on each subsequent January 1, until it reaches 2.5% on January 1, 
2019).  This will result in the following minimum ratios beginning in 2019: (i) a common equity Tier 1 capital 
ratio of 7.0%, (ii) a Tier 1 capital ratio of 8.5%, and (iii) a total capital ratio of 10.5%. Under the final rules, 
institutions  would  be  subject  to  limitations  on  paying  dividends,  engaging  in  share repurchases, and paying 
discretionary bonuses if its capital level falls below the buffer amount.  These limitations establish a maximum 
percentage of eligible retained earnings that could be utilized for such actions. 

The Company’s and the Bank’s actual capital amounts and ratios are presented below: 

A-59 

 
 
 
 
 
 
(Dollars in thousands)

 Actual 

 For Capital 
Adequacy Purposes 

 To Be Well 
Capitalized Under 
Prompt Corrective 
Action Provisions 

Amount

Ratio

Amount

Ratio Amount

Ratio

As of December 31, 2016:

Total Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets)

Consolidated
Bank

Tier 1 Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets)

Consolidated
Bank

Tier 1 Capital (to Average Assets)

Consolidated
Bank

Common Equity Tier 1 (to Risk-Weighted Assets)

Consolidated
Bank

As of December 31, 2015:

Total Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets)

Consolidated
Bank

Tier 1 Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets)

Consolidated
Bank

Tier 1 Capital (to Average Assets)

Consolidated
Bank

Common Equity Tier 1 (to Risk-Weighted Assets)

Consolidated
Bank

$    
$    

131,991
129,035

$    
$    

124,441
121,485

$    
$    

124,441
121,485

$    
$    

104,441
121,485

$    
$    

129,203
124,910

$    
$    

119,354
115,160

$    
$    

119,354
115,160

$      
$    

99,354
115,160

16.12%
15.78%

15.20%
14.85%

11.19%
10.88%

12.75%
14.85%

16.63%
16.11%

15.37%
14.85%

11.44%
11.03%

12.79%
14.85%

65,508
65,426

49,131
49,069

44,488
44,677

36,848
36,802

62,137
62,026

46,603
46,519

41,743
41,776

34,952
34,890

8.00%
8.00% 81,782

N/A

N/A
10.00%

6.00%
6.00% 65,426

N/A

4.00%
4.00% 55,846

N/A

4.50%
4.50% 53,158

N/A

N/A
8.00%

N/A
5.00%

N/A
6.50%

8.00%
8.00% 77,532

N/A

N/A
10.00%

6.00%
6.00% 62,026

N/A

4.00%
4.00% 52,220

N/A

4.50%
4.50% 50,396

N/A

N/A
8.00%

N/A
5.00%

N/A
6.50%

On August 31, 2015, the FDIC and the Commissioner issued a Consent Order (the “Order”) in connection with 
compliance by the Bank with the Bank Secrecy Act and its implementing regulations (collectively, the “BSA”).  
The Order was issued pursuant to the consent of the Bank.  In consenting to the issuance of the Order, the Bank 
did not admit or deny any unsafe or unsound banking practices or violations of law or regulation.   

The Order requires the Bank to take certain affirmative actions to comply with its obligations under the BSA, 
including,  without  limitation,  strengthening  its  Board  of  Directors’  oversight  of  BSA  activities;  reviewing, 
enhancing, adopting and implementing a revised BSA compliance program; completing a BSA risk assessment; 
developing a revised system of internal controls designed to ensure full compliance with the BSA; reviewing and 
revising customer due diligence and risk assessment processes, policies and procedures; developing, adopting and 
implementing effective BSA training programs; assessing BSA staffing needs and resources and appointing a 
qualified BSA officer; establishing an independent BSA testing program; ensuring that all reports required by the 
BSA  are  accurately  and  properly  filed  and  engaging  an  independent  firm  to review past account activity to 
determine whether suspicious activity was properly identified and reported.   

Prior to implementation, certain of the actions described above are subject to review by and approval or non-
objection from the FDIC and the Commissioner.  The Order will remain in effect and be enforceable until it is 
modified, terminated, suspended or set aside by the FDIC and the Commissioner. 

The Bank continues to make progress in addressing the issues identified in the Order and expects that it will be 
able to undertake and implement all required actions within the time period specified in the Order.  The Bank has 
incurred  and  will  continue  to  incur  additional  non-interest  expenses  associated  with  the  implementation  of 
corrective  actions;  however,  these  expenses  are  not  expected  to  have  a  significant  impact  on  the  results  of 
operations or financial position of the Company.  Operating under the Order will limit the Company’s ability to 
participate in acquisitions, to open new branches, and to allocate funds to its stock repurchase plan until such time 
as the Order has been modified, terminated, suspended or set aside by the FDIC and the Commissioner. 

A-60 

 
 
      
      
  
      
      
  
      
      
  
      
      
  
      
      
  
      
      
  
      
      
  
      
      
  
 
 
 
 
(13) 

Shareholders’ Equity 

Shareholders’ equity was $107.4 million, or 9.9% of total assets, as of December 31, 2016, compared to $104.9 
million, or 10.1% of total assets, as of December 31, 2015.  The increase in shareholders’ equity is primarily due 
to an increase in retained earnings due to net income, which was partially offset by a decrease in accumulated 
other comprehensive income resulting from a decrease in the unrealized gain on investment securities and a $2.0 
million decrease in common stock due to 92,738 shares of common stock being repurchased under the Company’s 
stock repurchase program implemented during the second quarter of 2016. 

Annualized return on average equity for the year ended December 31, 2016 was 8.11% compared to 9.03% for the 
year ended December 31, 2015.  Total cash dividends paid on common stock were $2.1 million and $1.6 million 
for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.  

The Board of Directors, at its discretion, can issue shares of preferred stock up to a maximum of 5,000,000 shares. 
The Board is authorized to determine the number of shares, voting powers, designations, preferences, limitations 
and relative rights.  The Board of Directors does not currently anticipate issuing any additional series of preferred 
stock. 

In 2014, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized a stock repurchase program (“the 2014 Stock Repurchase 
Program”), pursuant to which up to $2 million was allocated to repurchase the Company’s common stock.  All 
purchases under the 2014 Stock Repurchase Program were made periodically as permitted by securities laws and 
other legal requirements in the open market or in privately negotiated transactions.  The timing and amount of the 
repurchase of shares was determined by the Company’s management, based on its evaluation of market conditions 
and other factors.  The Company had repurchased approximately $2.0 million, or 106,587 shares of its common 
stock, under the 2014 Stock Repurchase Program as of December 31, 2015. 

In the second quarter of 2016, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized another stock repurchase program 
(“the 2016 Stock Repurchase Program”), pursuant to which up to $2 million was allocated to repurchase the 
Company’s common stock.  All purchases under the 2016 Stock Repurchase Program were made periodically as 
permitted  by  securities  laws  and  other  legal  requirements  in  the  open  market  or  in  privately  negotiated 
transactions.  The timing and amount of any repurchase of shares was determined by the Company’s management, 
based on its evaluation of market conditions and other factors.  The Company repurchased approximately $2.0 
million, or 92,738 shares of its common stock, under the 2016 Stock Repurchase Program during 2016. 

(14) 

Other Operating Income and Expense 

Miscellaneous non-interest income for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 included the following 
items that exceeded one percent of total revenues at some point during the following three-year period: 

(Dollars in thousands)

Visa debit card income
Net appraisal management fee income
Insurance and brokerage commissions

 2016 

 2015 

 2014 

$
$
$

3,589
886
631

3,452
635
713

3,170
525
701

Other non-interest expense for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 included the following items 
that exceeded one percent of total revenues at some point during the following three-year period: 

(Dollars in thousands)

Advertising
FDIC insurance
Visa debit card expense
Telephone
Foreclosure/OREO expense
Internet banking expense
FHLB advance prepayment penalty
Consulting
NC Tax Credit Amortization

 2016 

 2015 

 2014 

$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$

1,136
494
1,140
754
120
710
1,260
2,257
-

784
681
988
588
398
671
504
904
-

804
739
905
574
317
644
869
609
870

A-61 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
            
            
            
               
               
               
               
               
               
 
 
            
               
               
               
               
               
            
               
               
               
               
               
               
               
               
               
               
               
            
               
               
            
               
               
                
                
               
 
(15) 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments 

The Company is required to disclose fair value information about financial instruments, whether or not recognized 
on the face of the balance sheet, for which it is practicable to estimate that value. The assumptions used in the 
estimation of the fair value of the Company’s financial instruments are detailed below. Where quoted prices are 
not available, fair values are based on estimates using discounted cash flows and other valuation techniques. The 
use of discounted cash flows can be significantly affected by the assumptions used, including the discount rate and 
estimates of future cash flows. The following disclosures should not be considered a surrogate of the liquidation 
value of the Company, but rather a good faith estimate of the increase or decrease in the value of financial 
instruments held by the Company since purchase, origination, or issuance. 

The Company groups assets and liabilities at fair value in three levels, based on the markets in which the assets 
and liabilities are traded and the reliability of the assumptions used to determine fair value.  These levels are: 

•  Level 1 – Valuation is based upon quoted prices for identical instruments traded in active markets. 
•  Level 2 – Valuation is based upon quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets, quoted prices 
for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active, and model-based valuation techniques 
for which all significant assumptions are observable in the market. 

•  Level  3  –  Valuation  is  generated  from  model-based  techniques  that  use  at  least  one  significant 
assumption  not  observable  in  the  market.    These  unobservable  assumptions  reflect  estimates  of 
assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability.  Valuation techniques 
include use of option pricing models, discounted cash flow models and similar techniques. 

Cash and Cash Equivalents 
For cash, due from banks and interest-bearing deposits, the carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of 
fair value.  Cash and cash equivalents are reported in the Level 1 fair value category. 

Investment Securities Available for Sale 
Fair values of investment securities available for sale are determined by obtaining quoted prices on 
nationally recognized securities exchanges when available.  If quoted prices are not available, fair value 
is determined using matrix pricing, which is a mathematical technique used widely in the industry to 
value debt securities without relying exclusively on quoted prices for the specific securities but rather by 
relying on the securities’ relationship to other benchmark quoted securities.  Fair values for investment 
securities  with  quoted  market  prices  are  reported  in  the  Level  1  fair  value  category.    Fair  value 
measurements obtained from independent pricing services are reported in the Level 2 fair value category. 
All other fair value measurements are reported in the Level 3 fair value category. 

Other Investments 
For other investments, the carrying value is a reasonable estimate of fair value.  Other investments are 
reported in the Level 3 fair value category. 

Mortgage Loans Held for Sale 
Mortgage  loans  held  for  sale  are  carried  at  lower  of  aggregate  cost  or  market  value.    The  cost  of 
mortgage loans held for sale approximates the market value.  Mortgage loans held for sale are reported in 
the Level 3 fair value category.  

Loans 
The fair value of fixed rate loans is estimated by discounting the future cash flows using the current rates 
at which similar loans would be made to borrowers with similar credit ratings. For variable rate loans, the 
carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value.  Loans are reported in the Level 3 fair value 
category, as the pricing of loans is more subjective than the pricing of other financial instruments.  

Cash Surrender Value of Life Insurance 
For cash surrender value of life insurance, the carrying value is a reasonable estimate of fair value.  Cash 
surrender value of life insurance is reported in the Level 2 fair value category. 

Other Real Estate 
The fair value of other real estate is based upon independent market prices, appraised values of the 
collateral or management’s estimation of the value of the collateral.  Other real estate is reported in the 
Level 3 fair value category. 

A-62 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deposits  
The fair value of demand deposits, interest-bearing demand deposits and savings is the amount payable 
on demand at the reporting date. The fair value of certificates of deposit is estimated by discounting the 
future cash flows using the rates currently offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities.  Deposits 
are reported in the Level 2 fair value category. 

Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase 
For securities sold under agreements to repurchase, the carrying value is a reasonable estimate of fair 
value.  Securities sold under agreements to repurchase are reported in the Level 2 fair value category. 

FHLB Borrowings 
The  fair  value  of  FHLB  borrowings  is  estimated  based  upon  discounted  future  cash  flows  using  a 
discount rate comparable to the current market rate for such borrowings.  FHLB borrowings are reported 
in the Level 2 fair value category. 

Junior Subordinated Debentures 
Because  the  Company’s  junior  subordinated  debentures  were issued at a floating rate, the carrying 
amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value.  Junior subordinated debentures are reported in the Level 2 
fair value category. 

Commitments to Extend Credit and Standby Letters of Credit 
Commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit are generally short-term and at variable 
interest  rates.  Therefore,  both  the  carrying  value  and  estimated  fair  value  associated  with  these 
instruments are immaterial. 

Limitations 
Fair value estimates are made at a specific point in time, based on relevant market information and 
information about the financial instrument. These estimates do not reflect any premium or discount that 
could result from offering for sale at one time the Company’s entire holdings of a particular financial 
instrument. Because no market exists for a significant portion of the Company’s financial instruments, 
fair value estimates are based on many judgments. These estimates are subjective in nature and involve 
uncertainties and matters of significant judgment and therefore cannot be determined with precision. 
Changes in assumptions could significantly affect the estimates. 

Fair  value  estimates  are  based  on  existing  on  and  off-balance  sheet  financial  instruments  without 
attempting to estimate the value of anticipated future business and the value of assets and liabilities that 
are not considered financial instruments. Significant assets and liabilities that are not considered financial 
instruments include deferred income taxes and premises and equipment. In addition, the tax ramifications 
related  to  the  realization  of  unrealized  gains  and  losses  can  have  a  significant  effect  on  fair  value 
estimates and have not been considered in the estimates. 

The fair value presentation for recurring assets is presented in Note 2.  There were no recurring liabilities at 
December 31, 2016 and 2015.  The fair value presentation for non-recurring assets is presented in Note 3.  There 
were no non-recurring liabilities at December 31, 2016 and 2015.  The carrying amount and estimated fair value 
of the Company’s financial instruments at December 31, 2016 and 2015 are as follows: 

A-63 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(Dollars in thousands)

Assets:
Cash and cash equivalents
Investment securities available for sale
Other investments
Mortgage loans held for sale
Loans, net
Cash surrender value of life insurance

Liabilities:
Deposits
Securities sold under agreements

to repurchase
FHLB borrowings
Junior subordinated debentures

(Dollars in thousands)

Assets:
Cash and cash equivalents
Investment securities available for sale
Other investments
Mortgage loans held for sale
Loans, net
Cash surrender value of life insurance

Liabilities:
Deposits
Securities sold under agreements

to repurchase
FHLB borrowings
Junior subordinated debentures

 Carrying 
Amount 

70,094
249,946
2,635
5,709
716,261
14,952

892,918

36,434
20,000
20,619

 Carrying 
Amount 

39,763
268,530
3,636
4,149
679,502
14,546

832,175

27,874
43,500
20,619

$
$
$
$
$
$

$

$
$
$

$
$
$
$
$
$

$

$
$
$

Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2016

 Level 1 

 Level 2 

 Level 3 

 Total 

70,094
-
-
-
-
-

-
249,196
-
-
-
14,952

-
750
2,635
5,709
720,675
-

70,094
249,946
2,635
5,709
720,675
14,952

-

-
-
-

-

884,510

884,510

36,434
18,864
20,619

-
-
-

36,434
18,864
20,619

Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2015

 Level 1 

 Level 2 

 Level 3 

 Total 

39,763
1,325
-
-
-
-

-
266,455
-
-
-
14,546

-
750
3,636
4,149
683,540
-

39,763
268,530
3,636
4,149
683,540
14,546

-

-
-
-

-

827,874

827,874

27,874
43,144
20,619

-
-
-

27,874
43,144
20,619

A-64 

 
 
      
      
                
                
      
    
                
    
           
    
        
                
                
        
        
        
                
                
        
        
    
                
                
    
    
      
                
      
                
      
    
                
                
    
    
      
                
      
                
      
      
                
      
                
      
      
                
      
                
      
 
      
      
                
                
      
    
        
    
           
    
        
                
                
        
        
        
                
                
        
        
    
                
                
    
    
      
                
      
                
      
    
                
                
    
    
      
                
      
                
      
      
                
      
                
      
      
                
      
                
      
 
(16) 

Peoples Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc. (Parent Company Only) Condensed Financial Statements 

Balance Sheets

December 31, 2016 and 2015
(Dollars in thousands)

Assets

2016

2015

Cash
Interest-bearing time deposit
Investment in subsidiaries
Investment in PEBK Capital Trust II
Investment securities available for sale
Other assets

Total assets

Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity

Junior subordinated debentures
Liabilities
Shareholders' equity

Total liabilities and shareholders' equity

$

$

$

$

957
1,000
124,471
619
750
275

128,072

20,619
25
107,428

128,072

553
1,000
121,848
619
1,234
249

125,503

20,619
20
104,864

125,503

Statements of Earnings

For the Years Ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014
(Dollars in thousands)

Revenues:

Interest and dividend income
Gain on sale of securities

Total revenues

Expenses:

Interest
Other operating expenses

Total expenses

Income before income tax benefit and equity in

undistributed earnings of subsidiaries

Income tax benefit

Income before equity in undistributed 

earnings of subsidiaries

Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries

Net earnings

2016

2015

2014

$

$

4,569
405

4,974

485
513

998

3,976

178

4,154

5,023

9,177

3,979
-

3,979

403
538

941

3,038

262

3,300

6,333

9,633

2,718
-

2,718

389
527

916

1,802

239

2,041

7,347

9,388

A-65 

 
 
 
                  
               
               
            
           
        
                  
               
                  
            
                  
               
           
        
             
          
                    
                 
           
        
           
        
          
               
            
             
                   
                
          
               
            
             
                  
               
             
                  
               
             
                  
               
          
               
            
             
                  
               
          
               
            
          
               
            
          
               
            
 
 
Statements of Cash Flows

For the Years Ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014
(Dollars in thousands)

Net cash provided by operating activities

3,815

3,299

2016

2015

2014

$

9,177

9,633

9,388

(7,347)
-

28
(5)
1
(12,632)

(10,567)

500
-
(1,000)

(500)

(1,022)
(82)
37

(1,067)

(5,023)
(405)

(6,333)
-

61
-

5

-

(4)

3

-

-

-
-
-

-

(1,574)
(1,917)
-

(3,491)

669
10
-

679

(2,106)
(1,984)
-

(4,090)

404

553

957

(192)

(12,134)

745

553

12,879

745

(2,523)
-

57
-

6,625
(12,524)

Cash flows from operating activities:

Net earnings
Adjustments to reconcile net earnings to net

cash provided (used) by operating activities:

Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries
Gain on sale of investment securities
Change in:

Other assets
Accrued income
Accrued expense
Other liabilities

Cash flows from investing activities:

Proceeds from maturities of investment securities available for sale
In kind transfer from parent to Bank
Net change in interest-bearing time deposit

Net cash provided (used) by investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities:

Cash dividends paid on common stock
Stock repurchase
Proceeds from exercise of stock options

Net cash used by financing activities

Net change in cash

Cash at beginning of year

Cash at end of year

Noncash investing and financing activities:

Change in unrealized gain on investment securities

 available for sale, net

       Accrued redemption of Series A Preferred Stock

$

$

A-66 

 
 
        
        
          
      
      
        
         
           
             
             
             
               
           
           
               
               
               
                 
           
           
      
        
        
      
           
           
             
             
           
             
           
           
        
           
           
           
      
      
        
      
      
             
           
           
               
      
      
        
           
         
      
           
           
        
           
           
             
      
             
          
           
           
      
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(17) 

Quarterly Data 

(Dollars in thousands, except per 
share amounts)
Total interest income
Total interest expense
Net interest income

$

(Reduction of) provision for loan losses
Other income
Other expense
Income before income taxes

Income taxes (benefit)
Net earnings 

2016

2015

First Second Third Fourth
10,107
9,905
821
809
9,286
9,096

9,815
813
9,002

9,982
828
9,154

$

First Second Third Fourth
9,961
9,567
851
884
9,110
8,683

9,191
875
8,316

9,947
874
9,073

(216)
3,324
9,492
3,144

691
2,453

(531)
3,572
9,109
3,996

1,032
2,964

(360)
3,414
9,598
3,330

872
2,458

(99)
3,666
11,783
1,268

(34)
1,302

173
3,245
8,748
3,007

679
2,328

(214)
3,297
8,337
3,490

866
2,624

235
3,266
8,669
3,435

942
2,493

0.45
0.45

(211)
3,504
10,024
2,801

613
2,188

0.40
0.39

Basic net earnings per share
Diluted net earnings per share

0.45
0.44

0.54
0.53

0.45
0.44

$

0.24
0.24

$
$

0.41
0.41

0.47
0.47

A-67 

 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
     
      
      
      
        
      
      
      
        
   
   
   
     
   
   
   
     
     
     
     
        
      
     
      
      
   
   
   
     
   
   
   
     
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
     
   
   
   
     
      
   
      
        
      
      
      
        
   
   
   
     
   
   
   
     
     
     
     
       
     
     
     
       
     
     
     
       
     
     
     
       
 
DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS OF THE COMPANY 

DIRECTORS 

Robert C. Abernethy – Chairman 
Chairman of the Board, Peoples Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc. and Peoples Bank; 
President, Secretary and Treasurer, Carolina Glove Company, Inc. (glove manufacturer) 
Secretary and Assistant Treasurer, Midstate Contractors, Inc. (paving company) 

James S. Abernethy 
Vice President, Carolina Glove Company, Inc. (glove manufacturer) 
President and Assistant Secretary, Midstate Contractors, Inc. (paving company) 
Vice President, Secretary and Chairman of the Board of Directors, Alexander Railroad Company 

Douglas S. Howard 
Vice President, Secretary and Treasurer, Denver Equipment of Charlotte, Inc.  

John W. Lineberger, Jr. 
President, Lincoln Bonded Warehouse Company (commercial warehousing facility) 

Gary E. Matthews 
President and Director, Matthews Construction Company, Inc. (general contractor) 

Billy L. Price, Jr. MD 
Practitioner of Internal Medicine, BL Price Medical Consultants, PLLC 

Larry E. Robinson 
Shareholder, Director, Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer, The Blue Ridge Distributing Co., Inc. 
(beer and wine distributor) 
Director and member of the Board of Directors, United Beverages of North Carolina, LLC (beer distributor)  

William Gregory (Greg) Terry 
President, DFH Holdings 
Operator/General Manager, Drum & Willis-Reynolds Funeral Homes and Crematory 

Dan Ray Timmerman, Sr. 
Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer, Timmerman Manufacturing, Inc. (wrought iron furniture, railings 
and gates manufacturer) 

Benjamin I. Zachary 
President, Treasurer, General Manager and Director, Alexander Railroad Company 

OFFICERS 

Lance A. Sellers 
President and Chief Executive Officer 

A. Joseph Lampron, Jr. 
Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, Corporate Treasurer and Assistant Corporate Secretary 

William D. Cable, Sr. 
Executive Vice President, Corporate Secretary and Assistant Corporate Treasurer  

 A-68 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BR710577-0317-COMBO